Skip to main content

Full text of "Stammering: its origin and the advanced method of cure"

See other formats


STAMMERING 

[TS     ORIGIN     AND     THE 

^Advanced  Natural 


sm  wmrj,M  MILLAKO 


♦»^fr****«§»«S"M******^^ 


BOSTON  UNIVERSITY    || 
LIBRARIES 


Education  Library 


4»«fr«H**^*'H^^^«fr**H~H»^**H"$»«S~$' 


STAMMERING 

Its    ORIGIN    and    the 

c/ldvanced  Natural 
Method  gf  CURE 


LIBRARY  EDITION 


COPYRIGHT  1920 

LEE  WELLS  MILLARD 
MILWAUKEE 

ALL  RIGHTS  RESERVED 


The  Cramer-Krasselt  Co 
Press 

MILWAUKEE 


STAMMERING 

Its    ORIGIN    and  the 

cAdvanced  Natural 
Method   of  CURE 

SEVENTEENTH  EDITION 
By 

LEE  WELLS  MILLARD 

Formerly  an  Inveterate  Stammerer  for  Over  Twenty  Years; 
President  and  Founder  of  The  North-Western  School  for 
Stammerers;  Originator,  Principal  Instructor  and  Demon- 
strator of  the  Advanced  Natural  Method  for  the  Cure  of 
Stammering  and  Stuttering,  and  Lecturer  on  the  Essential 
and  Practical  Features  Embodied  in  the  Course  of  Treatment 
and  Instruction;  Author  of  The  Millard  Instructor,  A  Key  to 
Perfect  Speech  and  other  works  on  Stammering;  and  Editor  of 
The  Natural  Speech  Magazine,  Published  Monthly  in  the 
Interests  of  Those  Afflicted  with  Stammering,  Stuttering  and 
Other  Speech  Impediments. 


An  Educational  and  Scientific  Treatise  on 
the  Origin  and  Effects  of  Stammering,  to- 
gether with  an  Outline  of  the  Advanced 
Natural  Method  of  Cure. 


IBREATH1 

ITBAOE  MAftK  RE.OSTEBE0  j 

The  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers 

PUBLISHERS 

2316  Grand  Avenue  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin 


OUR  TRADE  MARK  EMBLEM 


iTfiAOEMAftk  RtCI STEREO] 


C  Our  trade  mark  emblem,  BREATH,  VOICE  AND  SPEECH, 
exemplify  and  contain  the  embodiment  of  our  Advanced  Natural 
Method  for  the  cure  of  Stammering. 

d  Without  roots  and  a  trunk  the  tree  would  bear  no  leaves. 
Hence  the  tree  emblem  is  the  closest  idea  to  the  three  essentials 
that  are  symbolmatic  of  BREATH,  VOICE  AND  SPEECH. 

d  The  stammerer's  greatest  fault  is  in  his  haste  for  speech  after 
obtaining  breath — he  neglects  voice.  By  paying  close  attention 
to  easy,  continuous  vocalization  after  proper  inhalation  of 
breath,  and  articulating  lightly  so  as  not  to  block  or  obstruct  the 
voice,  speech  is  comparatively  a  simple  process  under  our  Ad- 
vanced Natural  Method. 

C  Stammering  is  partially  mental,  thus  mind  training  should  go 
hand  in  hand  with  the  technical  features  of  the  cure.  The 
effectiveness  of  our  speech  training  is  because  we  have  found  that 
the  technical  and  psychological  features  are  so  closely  allied 
that  one  is  inseparable  from  the  other,  in  as  cure  that  is  to  be 
complete  and  permanent. 


Hi 


CONTENTS 

Chapter  Pa&e 

Our  Trade  Mark  Emblem 4 

Preface 9 

PART  I 

AN  INVETERATE  STAMMERER  FOR  OVER  20  YEARS 

I  My  Early  Experiences J? 

II  A  Resolution 21 

III  What  Our  Advanced  Natural  Method  Consists  of 22 

IV  My  Life's  Work 23 

PART  II 

A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL 
FOR  STAMMERERS 

I     A  Modest  Beginning 24 

II     A  Progressive  Growth 25 


PART  III 

STAMMERING  AND  STUTTERING  DEFINED 

The  Causes,  Tendencies  and  Effects 

I  Cause  or  Origin 26 

Why  the  Stammerer  is  Ridiculed 27 

II     The  Difference  Between  Stammering  and  Stuttering 28 

III  Intermittent  Stammering 29 

IV  Stammering  Not  Hereditarily  Transmitted 29 

V     Stammering  Not  Caused  by  Nervousness 30 

VI     Some  Children  Predisposed  to  Stammer 31 

VII     Stammering  and  Stuttering  Seldom  Outgrown 31 

VIII     Many  Famous  Persons  Have  Stammered 32 

IX     Fear  and  Worry  Conducive  to  Starhmering 33 

PART  IV 

THE  CURE  OF  STAMMERING  BY  THE  ADVANCED 
NATURAL  METHOD 

I     Continuity  of  Voice  Indispensable 35 

II  Talking  on  Exhausted  Breath 36 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


Chapter  page 

III  Fresh  Air  and  Health  Hints 37 

IV  Breathing 38 

V  Mouth  Breathing 40 

VI  Diaphragmatic  Breathing 43 

VII  Articulation  and  What  it  Signifies 46 

VIII  Talking  from  a  Too  Close  Position  of  the  Teeth 47 

IX  The  Tongue,  an  Unruly  Member 48 

X  Habit 49 

XI  Stammering  and  Stuttering,  a  Spasmodic  Habit 49 

XII  Pessimism  a  Habit 50 

XIII  A  Scientific  Method  Cures  Stammering  by  Removing  the  Cause 51 

XIV  Different  Types  of  Stammering  No  Handicap 51 


PART  V 
THE  ADVANCED  NATURAL  METHOD  DEFINED 

I     Facts  About  Our  Methods 52 

II     Great  Virtue  in  Our  Natural  Method — How  a  Cure  is  Brought 

About 52 

III  The  Advanced  Natural  Method  Versus  Hand-Swing,  Time-Beat 

or  Unit  Method 54 

IV  Our's  a  Progressive  Method 56 

V  Average  Length  of  Time  Necessary  to  Effect  a  Cure 56 

PART  VI 

A  BRIEF  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  INSTRUCTION  AND 
TREATMENT 

I     Why  You  Should  Attend  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers 
in  Preference  to  Others — Especially  if  You  Have  Failed  in  Your 

Efforts  to  be  Cured  Elsewhere 65 

II     Personal  Attention  Given  Each  Student 66 

III  We  Develop  Your  Natural  Powers 67 

IV  Unquestioned  Supremacy 67 

V  Twelve  Important  Reasons  for  Selecting  the  North-Western  School 

for  Stammerers,  and  Why  it  is  the  Best  School  in  the  World  for 
the  Cure  of  Stammering 68 

VI     Some  Exclusive  Features  of  the  North-Western  School  for  Stam- 
merers      70 

VII  Largest  and  Most  Popular  School 72 

VIII  Look  Before  You  Leap 72 

IX  Don't  Make  a  Mistake 73 

X  Enroll  Now 73 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


PART  VII 
THE  STAMMERER'S  FUTURE  SUCCESS  OR  FAILURE 

Chapter  Pa2e 

I  The  World  Makes  Way  for  a  Determined  Man 74 

II  Desire 75 

Be  an  Optimist 75 

III  Will  Power 76 

IV  Personality 77 

V    Personal  Success 78 

VI     Poise 79 

VII     Power '80 

VIII     Know  Thyself 81 

IX     Ignorance 82 

X     Faith  and  Loyalty 83 

XI     Your  Conscience  is  Your  Guide 84 

XII     Mental  Engineering...' 85 

XIII  Mental  Attitude 86 

XIV  Be  Thankful 87 

XV     This  is  a  Day  of  Action 88 

PART  VIII 
IMPORTANT  LECTURES 

I     The  Proper  Mental  Attitude  When  Talking..... 89 

By  Lee  Wells  Millard 

An  Important  Lecture  Every  Day 92 

II  The  Fundamental  Principles  of  Speech 93 

By  Frank  D.  Millard,  M.  D. 

III  Psychological  Development  of  Will  Power  and  Mental  Attitude 95 

By  Edward  C.  Baroni,  A.M.,  LLB. 

IV  There  is  No  Such  Word  as  Failure 98 

By  Harry  W.  Brown,  Ph.D.,  A.M.,  LL.D. 


PART  IX 

THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL  A  BLESSING  TO 
STAMMERERS 

I     Plain  Facts  You  Ought  to  Know 104 

II     A  Home  and  School  Combined 105 

III     A  Few  Words  About  Our  Home 106 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


Chapter  Page 

IV     What  the  North-Western  School  Can  Do  for  You 108 

Don't  Give  Up — You  Can  be  Cured 108 

V     What  the  North- Western  School  has  Done  for  Others 109 

VI     Stammering  a  Great  Handicap 110 

VII     A  Word  to  Lady  Pupils Ill 

VIII     To  Parents  and  Guardians Ill 

Money  Left  in  Trust Ill 


PART  X 

QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS 

I     A  Business-like  Talk  with  Lee  Wells  Millard,  in  which  a  Few 

Pointed  Questions  are  Asked  and  Answered 112 

PART  XI 

BUSINESS  POINTERS  AND  SUGGESTIONS 

I     Tuition,  Board  and  Room 116 

II     Liberty  Bonds  Accepted 117 

III  Why  Our  Tuition  Charge  is  Moderate 117 

IV  Concerning  a  Guarantee 118 

V     Suggestions  for  Earning  Board  and  Room 119 

Evening  Sessions 119 

VI     Stammering  a  Personal  Matter 119 

VII     Send  in  Your  Application  Early 120 

Y.  M.  C.  A.  PRIVILEGES 131 


PART  XII 

HOW  TO  REACH  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL 
FOR  STAMMERERS 

Free  Ride  from  Depot 137 

Telephone  Me  Upon  Your  Arrival 137 

Sign  of  Recognition 137 

Map  Showing   Location   of  the   North- Western   School   with 
Reference  to  Depots,  etc 138 

ADVERTISEMENTS 

The  Millard  Instructor 150 

The  Natural  Speech  Magazine 151 

CARTOON 

The  Giant  "Stammering"  Overcome 152 


PREFACE 

IN  offering  you  this,  the  seventeenth  edition  of  my  book  on 
STAMMERING,  I  do  so  with  a  greater  sense  of  pride  and 
satisfaction  than  ever  before.  After  nearly  twenty  years  of 
continuous  effort  and  effective  application  of  my  Advanced 
Natural  Method  of  Speech  Training,  during  which  time  thou- 
sands were  successfully  treated  under  my  personal  supervision, 
I  feel  that  this  institution  has  been  true  to  its  appointments. 

C  Speech  is  one  of  the  attributes  of  the  Divine  Power  that 
elevates  man  from  the  animal  kingdom.  Human  beings  were 
meant  to  talk — not  stammer.  It  is  not  a  pleasing  sight  in  the 
eyes  of  the  Divine  Creator  to  see  a  man  or  woman  stammer. 
It  is  contrary  to  the  plan  of  the  Supreme  Architect  of  the  Uni- 
verse. 

C  Time  proves  all  things,  however,  and  a  careful  perusal  of  this 
book  on  stammering  will  convince  any  reasoning  person  that  the 
scientific,  practical  and  common-sense  method  employed  by  this 
institution  will  cure  the  habit  of  stammering.  It  is  backed  by 
all  the  physiological  and  psychological  laws  that  underlie  the 
art  of  perfect  speech. 

—LEE  WELLS  MILLARD. 


LEE  WELLS  MILLARD 

President  and  Founder  of  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers;  author  of  "Stammer- 
ing— its  Origin  and  the  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure."  "The  Millard  Instructor,  A  Key 
to  Perfect  Speech,"  and  other  works  on  Stammering,  and  Editor  of  "The  Natural  Speech 
Magazine,"  Published  Monthly  in  the  Interests  of  those  Afflicted  with  Stammering,  Stuttering 
and  Other  Speech  Impediments. 


10 


MRS.  LEE  WELLS  MILLARD 

Whose  entertaining  features  in  providing  school  parties,  etc.,  afford  the  students  in  at- 
tendance much  pleasure.  Many  regret  the  time  of  their  departure,  so  pleasant  has  their 
course  at  the  institution  been  to  them. 


11 


,2  9 

OQ    C 


o  8s 

—    .    u 

£  -"^ 

o   >'= 

fill 

5—0 


£  o 

T^  * 

o  - 

>T3 

<U  O 

.s« 

~£ 

>>  o 

11 

.CO 


14 


o  — • 
o  h 
x  8 


z  ~ 


§  a 


Is 


<   5  w 


U  xi 


5f    «-a 

0     o  o 


•  „ 

•-  <£ 

O  J; 

o  .- 

.w  *"' 


15 


STAMMERING 

Its  ORIGIN  and  the  Advanced 
Natural  Method  of  CURE 


PART  I 
AN  INVETERATE  STAMMERER  FOR  OVER  20  YEARS 


CHAPTER  I 
MY  EARLY  EXPERIENCES 

I  WAS  an  inveterate  stammerer  for  over  twenty  years,  during 
which  time  I  had  varied  experiences  with  "professors"  who 
travelled  from  one  city  to  another,  as  well  as  at  several  stam- 
mering schools  whose  methods  were  too  unnatural  and  embar- 
rassing to  follow. 

H  I  obtained  some  relief  at  an  enormous  expense,  but  never  lost 
heart  in  the  thought  of  some  day  enjoying  perfect  speech,  and  of 
being  entirely  free  from  my  fettered  condition.  It  was  my  one 
aim  in  life.  Success,  happiness  and  contentment  of  mind,  all 
depended  on  my  cure. 

CL  I  remember  well  the  first  stammering  school  that  I  attended. 
It  was  the  old  Lewis  school  at  Detroit,  Michigan,  an  institution 
which  has  since  changed  hands  several  times,  Lev/is  himself 
having  committed  suicide  Aug.  18th,  1915.  At  the  time  I  at- 
tended (1899)  however,  the  school  was  at  its  best  and  but  for  the 
embarrassing  method  taught,  consisting  of  a  hand -swing  or 
time-beat,  accompanied  by  a  sing-song  monotone,  the  same  to 
be  continued  for  six  months  or  more  after  leaving  the  school, 
I  might  have  succeeded  in  getting  cured.  I  was  of  a  sensitive 
nature,  however,  and  the  very  thought  of  going  home  among  my 
friends,  talking  that  way  for  months,  gave  me  a  shudder.  It 
was  worse  than  stammering.  One  or  two  students  of  the  class, 
of  a  less  sensitive  disposition,  followed  the  method  for  months 
afterwards,  but  those  whom  I  kept  up  correspondence  with 
failed  to  obtain  results. 

17 


18  Stammering — lis  Origin  and 


d,  It  was  my  first  set  back,  and  my  faith  was  badly  shattered, 
but  I  still  had  hopes  of  some  day  being  cured.  At  home  I  was 
ashamed  to  go  among  my  friends  for  I  was  supposed  to  be  cured. 
My  father  reminded  me  of  the  money  uselessly  spent.  I  de- 
cided to  earn  more  money  and  go  back  to  the  school  where  I 
could  follow  out  the  unnatural  method  without  so  much  humili- 
ation. In  February,  1900,  I  returned  to  the  school  again,  fully 
resolved  to  do  or  die.  But  Mr.  Lewis  was  fond  of  money  and  he 
insisted  that  I  give  him  $50.00  more  as  a  second  tuition  fee, 
although  I  had  been  away  scarcely  two  months.  I  was  dis- 
appointed again  and  I  reminded  Mr.  Lewis  that  I  was  guaranteed 
a  cure,  but  still  stammered  badly.  His  only  reply  was : "  Why  didn't 
you  follow  my  method  for  the  six  months  as  prescribed?"  I  told 
him  of  the  terrible  embarrassment  attached  to  it  and  that  it 
attracted  more  unfavorable  attention  than  stammering.  He 
only  laughed  at  my  predicament  and  told  me  if  I  felt  that  way 
about  it  I  could  stammer  or  pay  my  second  tuition  and  go  in 
class  again.  I  told  him  I  would  think  the  matter  over  before 
deciding. 

H  That  same  evening  I  met  several  students  of  the  school, 
my  classmates  of  two  months  previous,  who  were  still  time-beat- 
ing in  an  arm-swinging  fashion  and  attacking  each  syllable  in  a 
sing-songing  manner.  One  of  them,  a  paper  manufacturer's 
son  from  California,  had  been  at  the  school  for  about  a  year,  and 
he  stammered  even  when  he  used  the  "method"  (arm-swing, 
time-beat.) 

€[  I  decided  not  to  go  back  to  the  school  a  second  time,  but  to 
journey  several  hundred  miles  to  the  north  woods,  as  far  away 
from  civilization  as  possible  and  give  the  "method"  a  good  try- 
out  among  strangers. 

C  I  finally  reached  Emerson,  a  village  owned  by  a  large  lumber 
company  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Superior.  But  my  attempts  to 
follow  the  "method"  were  futile.  The  rough,  but  good  natured, 
lumber  jacks  would  gather  around  whenever  I  would  start  to 
talk  with  the  sing-song,  time-beat  or  arm-swing  method,  as 
prescribed  by  Lewis,  and  they  would  cast  knowing  looks  at  one 
another  as  though  the  prize  freak  of  the  universe  had  struck 
town.  In  fact  my  manner  of  speech  supplied  a  novelty  pastime 
the  town  had  long  been  in  need  of.  In  a  short  time  I  was  con- 
vinced that  a  town  farther  south,  where  law  and  social  order  were 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  19 


more  advanced,  would  be  the  logical  place  to  practice  the 
"method." 

d  Leaving  a  good  position  as  lumber  grader,  I  journeyed  south 
until  I  reached  Vanderbilt,  Michigan,  a  lumber  town  of  larger 
proportions,  where  I  secured  a  good  position.  But  it  was  im- 
possible to  use  the  "method."  People  would  look  at  me  in  a 
pitying  way — a  look  that  the  stammerer  seldom  thanks  you  for 
— and  I  considered  that  I  had  done  my  share  in  "advertising" 
the  Lewis  school  and  would  make  a  freak  of  myself  no  longer. 

Ct  About  that  time  Mr.  Lewis  sent  out  a  form  letter  to  his  ex- 
pupils,  one  of  which  was  forwarded  to  me  from  my  home  town, 
asking  for  a  testimonial  or  indorsement  of  his  school,  in  which  he 
stated  that  a  valuable  book  which  he  had  just  gotten  out  en- 
titled, "Methods  of  Attack,"  would  be  sent  to  me  without  charge, 
if  I  would  send  him  a  letter  indorsing  his  work. 

CL  Thinking  the  book  (which  I  still  have  as  a  souvenir)  might  be 
of  benefit  in  helping  me  out  of  my  speech  dilemma,  I  wrote  Mr. 
Lewis  as  good  a  letter  as  I  could,  not  saying  that  I  was  cured, 
but  that  I  thought  others  could  be  if  they  followed  his  "method." 
I  received  little  or  no  help  from  the  book,  which  in  part  consisted 
of  poetical  selections  and  pieces  of  prose,  and  I  turned  my  at- 
tention elsewhere  for  a  cure.* 

C[  I  was  employed  at  Vanderbilt,  Michigan,  with  Yuill  Bros., 
during  the  winter  and  for  Chesbrough  Bros,  at  Emerson,  Mich., 

*The  remarkable  incident  of  the  testimonial,  however,  is  that  after  20 
years,  it  has  been  "unearthed"  by  the  successors  of  Geo.  Andrew  Lewis  and 
they  are  giving  it  a  place  in  their  book  called  "Success,"  and  various  other 
literature  sent  out  by  them,  as  though  I  were  really  cured  there.  The  testi- 
monial is  dated  "Oct.  15th,  1900,  at  Vanderbilt,  Michigan."  One  has  only  to 
write  to  Yuill  Bros.,  Vanderbilt,  Mich.,  where  I  was  employed  until  1903,  and 
ask  Mr.  John  Yuill  or  Mr.  Thomas  Yuill,  my  employers,  how  inveterately  I 
stammered,  for  three  years  after  that  testimonial  was  written. 

That  is  part  of  the  present  Lewis  school  owner's  scheme  to  deceive  the 
public,  however,  and  is  only  paralleled  by  them  in  publishing  the  halftone  of 
the  late  Geo.  Andrew  Lewis  in  their  book  which  they  send  out  to  prospective 
pupils  as  though  Mr.  Lewis  really  lives  and  is  still  at  the  head  of  the  school. 
Mr.  Geo.  Andrew  Lewis  committed  suicide  Aug.  18th,  1915.  I  am  curing 
nearly  two  dozen  ex-Lewis  pupils  in  my  present  class,  and  they  tell  me  the 
present  owners  of  the  school  still  have  the  same  old  arm-swing,  time-beat, 
sing-song  drawl  method,  which  must  be  kept  up  after  the  student  returns 
home  from  the  school.  Moreover,  a  large  percent  of  the  names  they  give  in 
their  book  called  "Success"  have  since  attended  my  institution  in  Milwaukee 
with  gratifying  results  under  my  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Speech  Training. 


20  Stammering — 7/5  Origin  and 

during  the  summer  months.  At  certain  intervals  I  would  select 
a  stammering  school  and  attend  for  a  few  weeks  but  I  could  not 
seem  to  get  a  cure.  I  attended  six  different  stammering  schools 
in  all  and  purchased  a  home  course  in  my  efforts  for  relief.  My 
last  summer  at  Emerson,  however,  was  an  eventful  one.  I 
analyzed  the  different  methods  of  schools  I  had  attended  and 
decided  that  a  method  to  be  successful  must  be  a  natural  one, 
because  the  majority  of  stammerers  were  sensitive.  My  study 
of  psychology  also  taught  me  that  the  stammerer  lacked  proper 
co-ordination  from  mind  to  muscle,  and  that  the  negative  mental 
condition  must  be  changed  to  a  positive  one. 

C  The  deeper  I  went  into  the  matter  the  more  convinced  I  was 
that  a  method  more  scientific  than  any  evolved  could  be  perfected. 
I  soon  lost  all  interest  in  the  lumber  business  and  concluded  that 
I  was  in  Northern  Michigan,  because  my  stammering  had  driven 
me  there,  and  that  perfect  speech  would  bring  me  among  my 
relatives  and  friends. 


WAS  CURED  IN  THREE  DA  YS 

Butte,  Mont.,  March  9th,  1919. 
Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

My  Dear  Sir: — As  I  have  been  away  from  your  institution  for  over  a  year 
and  my  cure  is  as  perfect  as  the  day  I  left  there,  I  take  this  opportunity  of 
writing  you  and  expressing  my  heartfelt  thanks  and  gratitude  for  the  wonder- 
ful results  obtained. 

Although  I  was  one  of  the  most  severe  cases  of  stammering  when  entering, 
not  being  able  to  have  my  trunk  sent  to  your  school  without  writing  it  down, 
I  believe  I  hold  the  record  for  a  quick  cure.  As  you  remember,  I  was  actually 
cured  in  THREE  DAYS  and  never  have  experienced  any  further  difficulty 
since.  I  remained  there  a  few  days  longer  than  that  but  did  not  need  to. 
What  I  have  done,  others  can  do,  if  they  will  put  their  whole  mind  to  it  and 
use  their  will  power  and  go  into  the  work  with  enthusiasm  and  determination. 

Your  method  is  very  easy  to  follow  and  the  condition  of  school  life  there  is 
to  enhance  quick  and  permanent  results.  Your  daily  lectures  to  the  class  are 
highly  appreciated  by  all  the  students.  They  put  "pep"  and  "ginger"  into 
the  pupil  and  he  goes  into  the  work  each  day  with  renewed  vigor  and  zeal  to 
go  home  with  the  most  perfect  cure  possible. 

Really,  Mr.  Millard,  I  cannot  find  words  of  praise  good  enough  for  your 
great  and  worthy  institution,  but  you  can  depend  on  it  that  I  will  always  have 
the  kindest  thoughts  and  remembrances  of  the  time  I  spent  there,  and  al- 
though short,  it  was  the  most  profitable  of  my  life.     Thanking  you,  I  remain, 

Yours  very  sincerely, 

FRANK  McGEE. 

205  Pearl  Street. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  21 


CHAPTER  II 
A  RESOLUTION 

C  I  tendered  my  resignation  to  the  lumber  firm  at  Emerson, 
and  immediately  began  to  formulate  a  new  method  for  the  cure 
of  stammering,  along  natural  and  practical  lines. 

€[  I  was  able  to  profit  by  my  past  experiences,  steer  clear  of 
others'  mistakes  and  develop  a  scientific  method  decidedly  dif- 
ferent from  the  rest — a  method  that  could  be  put  into  daily  use 
and  practice,  without  attracting  the  unfavorable  attention  of 
other  people. 

C  The  result  of  my  experiment  and  investigation  proved  beyond 
a  doubt  that  I  had  perfected  a  natural,  scientific  method  of 
treatment,  destined  to  not  only  eradicate  my  own  stammering, 
but  to  prove  a  boon  to  thousands  of  others  in  a  like  condition. 

€L  I  gave  myself  about  ten  days  constant  and  intensive  training 
and  the  results  were  truly  marvelous.  I  decided  to  go  to  Mil- 
waukee and  review  my  method  before  my  brother,  Dr.  Frank  D. 
Millard,  a  practicing  physician  and  surgeon.  He  told  me  I  had 
perfected  a  method  that  would  appeal  to  all  sensitive  and  refined 
people  that  stammered,  and  would  in  due  time  attract  world- 
wide attention. 

€[  To  say  that  his  prediction  has  proven  true  would  be  putting 
it  mildly.  He  saw  his  prediction  realized  in  a  shorter  time  than 
was  ever  dreamed  of,  and  has  delivered  lectures  before  students 
of  our  classes  who  come  here  from  almost  every  clime — from 
Greenland's  icy  mountain  to  India's  coral  strand. 

{[  The  world  is  entering  on  a  new  era  of  accomplishment  that 
will  far  exceed  anything  heretofore  imagined.  The  world  war 
has  brought  about  great  changes  and  America  now  has  her  right- 
ful place  among  the  great  nations  of  the  earth  and  as  time  goes 
on,  more  and  more  will  she  be  revered  and  respected  for  her 
sound  principles  and  ideals. 

{[  The  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers  today  is  the  larg- 
est and  most  successful  school  of  its  kind  in  the  world — and  still 
growing. 


Plan  your  work,  then  work  your  plan. 


V 


22  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  III 
WHAT  OUR  ADVANCED  NATURAL  METHOD  CONSISTS  OF 

4[  Everything  is  embodied  in  my  course  of  speech  training  to 
make  the  cure  permanent  and  complete.  Perfect  speech  can 
be  had  before  the  student  leaves  here — with  nothing  to  leave  off 
or  add  on,  and  no  exercises  or  "method"  to  follow  afterwards. 

H  My  Advanced  Natural  Method  goes  back  to  fundamental 
speech  principles  and  combines  the  technical  or  physical  with  the 
psychological  or  mind  training.  The  order  in  which  the  method 
develops  the  cure  is  as  follows:  Relaxation,  breath  control, 
continuity  of  voice  between  syllables  and  words  throughout 
the  sentences — in  a  natural  manner,  and  light  articulation. 
The  student  is  taught  the  science  of  concentration,  and  visualiza- 
tion and  the  relationship  of  mind  to  body.  A  positive  mental 
attitude  is  brought  about,  the  will  power  developed,  the  fear  of 
stammering  killed,  confidence  fully  restored  and  personality 
brought  back  to  a  natural  state  of  perfection. 

4[  Moreover,  our  students  are  taught  the  difference  between 
positiveness  and  negativeness  and  how  one  enhances  stammering 
and  the  other  enhances  the  cure.  Why  mental  energy  is  more 
potent  than  physical  effort  in  talking.  How  to  be  their  own  men- 
tal engineer.  How  to  concentrate  the  mind  so  as  to  co-ordinate 
properly  between  speech  center  and  speech  organs.  From  what 
position  of  the  throat  to  phonate  voice.  How  far  apart  to  keep 
the  teeth  when  talking.  What  position  the  tongue  should  as- 
sume while  talking  and  when  not  in  use.  How  to  stop  forcing 
the  articulation.  How  to  keep  from  compressing  the  diaphragm 
and  to  not  talk  on  exhausted  breath.  How  to  allow  yourself  to 
talk  instead  of  trying  to  talk.  How  to  be  self-confident  instead 
of  self-conscious.  How  to  keep  a  picture  of  perfect  speech  be- 
fore the  mind;  to  make  the  mind  rule  the  body  properly — and  a 
thousand  and  one  other  things  generally  overlooked  or  not 
taught  at  other  stammering  schools. 


The  Institution  is  Endorsed  by  a  Prominent  Physician 

I  take  pleasure  in  stating  that  I  have  personally  acquainted  myself  with 
Prof.  L.  W.  Millard  of  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers,  and  its 
methods,  and  that  both  made  a  very  good  impression  on  me  from  the  scien- 
tific as  well  as  the  practical  standpoint.  I  frequently  take  opportunity  to 
recommend  the  institution  to  patients  of  mine  asking  for  information. 
233  Ninth  St.,  Milwaukee,  Wis.  DR.  PAUL  J.  KAPPES, 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  23 


CHAPTER  IV 
MY  LIFE'S  WORK 

C  I  know  of  no  other  work  in  which  I  could  engage  that  would 
bring  about  such  manifold  blessings  in  relieving  a  certain  class 
of  mankind  of  misery  and  mental  torture. 

d  My  usefulness  to  humanity  in  curing  thousands  of  the  most 
difficult  cases  of  stammering,  stuttering  and  other  speech  im- 
perfections, has  been  echoed  from  every  quarter  of  the  civilized 
globe.  Blighted  hopes,  crushed  ambitions,  emaciated  expressions 
of  sadness,  all  tell  the  story  as  nothing  else  can  of  the  stammerer's 
dilemma.  Nothing  else  in  the  world  has  caused  so  much  mental 
depression,  and  negativeness  of  disposition  as  stammering. 

t[  Once  a  sufferer  myself,  I  can  better  appreciate  the  sorrow  of 
others  unfortunately  afflicted  with  stammering,  and  I  can  like- 
wise glory  in  their  cure.  Hence,  I  like  my  profession,  I  never  grow 
nervous  or  impatient  with  any  case,  no  matter  how  severe — 
and  that  is  part  of  the  secret  of  my  success. 

C^  The  stammerer  has  little  or  no  chance  in  our  great  hustling 
and  bustling  nation.  To  be  a  success  the  stammerer  must  free 
his  fettered  tongue.  No  matter  from  what  angle  you  view  it, 
stammering  closes  every  avenue  to  a  successful  career.  It  keeps 
the  unfortunate  in  the  mediocre  class  and  denies  him  or  her 
from  partaking  freely  of  the  fruits  of  business  or  social  success. 
Stammering  can  be  termed  as  a  liability — not  an  asset.  A  per- 
fect manner  of  speech  is  always  the  best  letter  of  introduction. 

€1  Thus,  with  the  aim  of  devoting  my  entire  future  life  for  the 
benefit  of  others  in  curing  their  stammering  and  correcting  their 
speech  impediments,  I  have  built  my  institution  on  the  plan  of  a 
school  and  home  combined,  and  can  today  offer  better  facilities 
for  speech  training  than  any  similar  institution  in  America. 

H  With  continued  encouragement  of  success,  I  hope  still  further 
to  be  able  to  extend  the  blessings  of  this  institution  to  dis- 
heartened stammerers  in  every  nook  and  corner  of  the  earth, 
and  offer  them  a  new  life  crowned  with  the  joy,  ambition  and 
success  that  radiate  from  a  fluent  tongue. 

C  Surely  one  of  God's  greatest  attributes  and  noblest  blessing 
is  the  inherent  faculty  and  privilege  of  perfect  and  unfettered 
utterance — the  free  and  accepted  gift  to  mankind. 


PART  II 

A  BRIEF  HISTORY  OF  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL 
FOR  STAMMERERS 


CHAPTER  I 
A  MODEST  BEGINNING 

COMMENCING  in  a  modest  way,  nearly  twenty  years  ago, 
the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers,  was  firmly 
established  in  the  city  of  Milwaukee. 
Q  Its  founder  had  been  a  severe  stammerer  for  years  and  had 
struggled  hard  under  many  methods  for  relief.  Finally  curing 
himself  by  what  has  since  become  famous  as  the  Advanced 
Natural  Method,  the  school  had  its  inception,  destined  to  revo- 
lutionize embarrassing  methods  and  bring  relief  to  a  world  of 
speech  sufferers. 

C  The  success  of  the  school  is  without  parallel  in  the  history  of 
similar  institutions.  Suffering  from  many  different  forms  of 
stammering  and  minor  speech  impediments,  students  of  all  ages 
and  of  almost  every  nationality,  have  travelled  from  far  and  near, 
some  coming  more  than  twelve  thousand  miles  to  avail  themselves 
of  the  school's  wonderful  system  of  speech  training. 

C  Failure  and  disappointment  are  unknown  quantities  at  this 
institution  and  the  school  has  proven  a  safe  harbor  of  refuge  to 
thousands,  who  have  laid  down  their  heavy  burden  and  gone  on 
their  way  rejoicing,  to  meet  the  success  due  to  fluent  speech,  a 
fighting  heart  and  the  indomitable  spirit  of  "I  can,"  and  "I  will." 


HIS  STAMMERING  IS  PAST  AND  GONE 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — Suppose  you  are  wondering  how  I  got  along  after 
leaving  your  school,  as  my  stay  was  so  short.  Am  glad  to  say  I  have  no  trouble 
at  all  in  talking  now.  My  stammering  is  past  and  gone.  I  never  substitute 
in  the  least  and  am  perfectly  at  ease  everywhere.  I  wouldn't  take  $1000.00 
for  the  benefit  I  derived  at  your  school.  I  do  not  fear  the  future  now.  I  feel 
at  liberty  to  tie  into  anything  in  the  line  of  talking.  I  am  delighted  with  my 
ability  to  talk.  At  any  time  I  can  be  of  assistance  to  you,  I  will  be  glad  of 
the  opportunity.     Yours  very  truly, 

G.  R.  McGEE,     McGee  Drug  Co.,  Dalhart,  Tex. 

24 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  25 


CHAPTER  II 

A  PROGRESSIVE  GROWTH 

C  The  career  of  the  school  has  been  one  of  steady  progress,  each 
year  recording  a  healthy  growth  over  the  preceding  season,  and 
adding  hundreds  of  enthusiastic  boosters  to  its  thousands  of 
friends. 

Q  About  ten  years  ago,  the  founder  of  the  institution,  realizing 
that  the  continuous  growth  of  the  school  meant  further  expansion, 
purchased  a  new  home  for  the  school  at  2316  Grand  Avenue, 
amid  stately  surroundings,  and  erected  buildings  exclusively  for 
school  purposes  and  the  curing  of  stammering  under  the  Ad- 
vanced Natural  Method. 

C  Thus  the  school  has  been  true  to  its  appointments  and  has 
established  a  record  for  itself  that  is  international  in  scope,  and 
joy  has  been  brought  to  the  hearts  of  thousands,  who  formerly 
were  constantly  tortured  by  the  fear  of  stammering  and  powerless 
to  gain  relief  from  their  handicapped  and  fettered  condition. 

€[  A  glance  into  the  future  is  encouraging,  judging  from  what 
has  been  accomplished  in  the  past,  and  our  policy  of  square 
dealing,  our  modern  scientific  method  of  cure,  our  new  buildings 
and  beautiful  location,  together  with  our  popular  tuition  rate, 
all  bespeak  a  continuation  of  success,  even  greater  than 
that  which  has  rewarded  our  efforts  of  years  gone  by,  and  in- 
sures our  prospective  pupils,  a  course  of  speech  training  that  is 
true  and  tried,  that  is  scientifically  correct  and  unequalled  else- 
where at  any  price. 

A  NEIGHBOR'S  OBSERVATION 

WESLEY  METHODIST  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH 
Grand  Avenue  and  25th  Street 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 
To  Who  It  May  Concern: — 

Living,  as  I  do,  in  close  proximity  to  the  North- Western  School  for  Stam- 
merers, I  have  had  an  opportunity  to  observe  the  methods  used  and  results 
obtained,  and  am  convinced  of  the  correctness  of  the  theories  held  and  the 
methods  used  in  dealing  with  stammerers.  I  recommend  the  school  to  all 
affected  in  this  way. 

Yours  sincerely, 

(Rev.)  WM.  W.  MOORE, 

(Rev.  Moore  is  now  pastor  of  the  First  M.        Church  at  Eau  Claire,  Wis.) 


PART  III 

STAMMERING  AND  STUTTERING 
DEFINED 


THE  CAUSES,  TENDENCIES  AND  EFFECTS 


CHAPTER  I 
CAUSE  OR  ORIGIN 

STAMMERING  can  be  and  has  been,  denned  in  different 
ways,  and  many  of  these  definitions  are  theoretically  cor- 
rect. In  fact,  it  has  been  found  more  easy  for  some  to 
define  the  abnormality  than  to  provide  an  adequate  remedy  or 
method  that  will  eradicate  the  difficulty  and  leave  the  individual 
a  pure,  normal  and  natural  manner  of  speech  in  its  stead. 

C  Stammering  is  merely  a  negative  state  of  mind — a  mind  with 
a  "reserve  area"  of  negative  thoughts  of  doubt  and  fear. 

d  Stammering  can  be  termed  the  inability  of  the  will  to  properly 
co-ordinate  and  execute,  from  speech  center  to  speech  organ,  the 
thought  and  word  pictures  of  the  mind.  A  positive  mental 
attitude  is  therefore  absolutely  essential  to  counteract  the 
negative  operation  of  the  "mental  machinery"  that  would  other- 
wise produce  stammering. 

CL  The  causes  of  stammering  are  many,  and  the  person  thus 
afflicted  usually  stammers  intermittently  or  inveterately,  accord- 
ing to  his  or  her  disposition. 

€[  In  looking  over  our  descriptive  form  and  record  books,  which 
we  keep  of  each  pupil  treated,  I  find  that  in  many  cases  the 
primitive  cause  is  unknown.  Stammering  may  have  its  cause 
or  origin  in  many  different  ways.  It  is  oftentimes  brought  about 
through  fright,  mimicry,  association  or  protracted  illness,  and 
may  be  caused  by  measles,  whooping  cough,  diphtheria,  typhoid 
and  scarlet  fever.  One  young  man  in  particular,  attributed  the 
cause  of  his  stammering  or  stuttering  to  the  fact  that  he  was 
scalded  when  a  child. 

26 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  27 

d  The  original  cause  of  the  impediment  may  have  passed 
away  and  have  been  obliterated  for  years.  However,  the  length 
of  time  which  elapsed  when  the  cause  was  most  manifest,  was 
of  sufficient  duration  to  permit  the  organs  of  speech  to  form  a 
wrong  and  improper  action.  Thus,  when  nature  removed  the 
cause,  the  habit  had  been  formed  and  still  remained. 

WHY  THE  STAMMERER  IS  RIDICULED 

4[  It  is  an  easy  matter  for  the  critical  and  observing  person  to  call 
your  attention  to  the  fact  that  you  talk  too  fast;  that  you  do  not 
breathe  properly;  or  that  you  use  too  much  tension  in  your 
talking. 

€L  In  fact,  it  really  looks  to  the  person  who  has  never  been 
afflicted  with  the  habit  as  though  the  stammerer  was  to  blame 
for  his  difficulty  of  expression.  This  is  the  one  and  main  reason 
why  some  stammerers  receive  so  little  sympathy,  and  if  they 
have  no  financial  resources  of  their  own  it  is  very  difficult  for 
them  to  convince  their  parents  that  it  is  necessary  to  attend 
and  receive  the  training  and  advantages  of  an  institution  for  this 
purpose. 

€[  The  steam  engine  with  120  pounds  of  steam  will  run  the 
separator  smoothly  and  thresh  all  the  grain  from  the  straw. 
If  the  steam  is  low,  poor  work  results.  A  positive  mind  acts  the 
same,  in  the  execution  of  thoughts  into  sentences. 

C  Our  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  trains  the  mind  to 
be  positive  and  confident.  We  teach  our  students  to  think 
positive  thoughts,  read  positive  books  and  to  associate  in  posi- 
tive environments. 


HIS  CURE  IS  PERMANENT 

Canton,  So.  Dak.,  May  6th,  1919. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — I  am  completely, cured.  You  may  use  the  following 
testimonial  in  your  next  catalog.  In  my  opinion,  the  North- Western  School 
for  Stammerers  is  the  best  in  the  world.  I  was  an  awful  stammerer  up  to  a  year 
ago  when  I  attended  your  school  and  received  a  perfect  cure.  I  cannot  re- 
member a  single  pupil  there  who  did  not  get  cured.  My  cure  is  permanent. 
I  have  taken  part  in  several  home- talent  plays,  and  have  done  almost  every- 
thing to  try  out  my  cure.  At  present  I  am  a  salesman  for  Wear  Ever  Alumi- 
num Co.     Wishing  you  continued  success,  I  am, 

Sincerely  yours,    ERNEST  LAWRENCE. 

(Mr.  Lawrence's  father  is  principal  of  Public  Schools  of  Canton.) 


28  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  II 

THE  DIFFERENCE  BETWEEN  STAMMERING 
AND  STUTTERING 

C  It  often  happens  that  persons  not  familiar  with  speech  defects 
class  stammering  and  stuttering  as  one  and  the  same.  To  a 
specialist  of  these  disorders,  however,  there  is  a  marked  dif- 
ference. 

CL  The  first  stage  in  which  the  impediment  manifests  itself  is 
oftentimes  termed  stuttering,  the  case  assuming  the  mental 
phase  of  stammering  as  the  years  advance. 
{[  In  an  endeavor  to  obliterate  the  confusion  and  to  better  dis- 
tinguish the  nature  of  these  two  defects,  I  will  make  as  clear  a 
distinction  as  possible. 

C  Stammering  is  a  defect  exhibited  in  the  organs  of  articulation » 
while  stuttering  is  a  fault  chiefly  with  the  organs  of  respiration. 
The  rapid  repetition  of  words  in  stuttering  is  caused  by  too  loose 
a  tension,  while  in  stammering  it  is  the  opposite.  Stuttering  is 
manifested  in  the  auxiliary  organs  of  speech,  vocalization,  sing- 
ing or  declaiming  being  done  with  ease.  On  the  contrary, 
stammering  is  a  difficulty  manifested  alike  in  talking,  declaiming 
and  often  in  singing.  This  rule  for  stammering  holds  good,  except 
in  complicated  cases  of  stammering  and  stuttering  combined. 
In  such  cases  the  abnormality  would  show  the  characteristics 
of  both. 

C.  Thus,  much  might  be  said  to  disentangle  these  two  disorders 
that  have  in  the  past  been  treated  as  one,  but,  briefly,  the  two 
are  differentiated  as  follows:  Stammering  is  an  inability  of  the 
will  under  various  conditions  to  co-ordinate  or  control  the  or- 
gans of  speech,  and  is  often  accompanied  by  grievous  contor- 
tions of  the  face.  Stuttering  is  a  clonic  spasm  due  to  the  in- 
ability to  form  certain  sounds,  the  fault  arising  mainly  through 
the  organs  of  respiration  and  vocalization,  the  effect  being  the 
alternate  action  of  breath  and  voice  heard  in  the  rapid  repetition 
of  a  syllable  or  word  before  the  following  one  can  be  uttered. 

STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL 

W.  H.  Cheever — Political  Science,  Economics,  Sociology 

State  Institute  Conductor 

To  Whom  It  May  Concern: — I  have  known  personally  several  of  Prof. 

Millard's  pupils  and  am  pleased  to  state  that  their  improvement  has  been  very 

marked.     They  themselves  are  very  enthusiastic  in  their  statements  as  to 

what  the  institution  has  done  for  them. 

W.  H.  CHEEVER,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  29 

CHAPTER  III 
INTERMITTENT  STAMMERING 

€1  Undoubtedly  there  have  been  times  in  the  lives  of  all  stam- 
merers when  their  impediment  would  alternate  in  direct  ratio  to 
their  physical  condition.  This  is  termed  intermittent  stammering. 

C^  It  often  happens,  when  the  environments  are  pleasing  and  the 
health  in  perfect  condition,  that  they  will  barely  exhibit  their 
defect  for  days. 

<t  Absurd,  however,  as  it  may  appear  to  some,  perhaps  the  fol- 
lowing fortnight,  suffering  from  some  indisposition,  a  cold,  for 
instance,  or  some  form  of  mental  emotion  peculiar  to  their  dis- 
order, they  will  stammer  incessantly. 


CHAPTER  IV 

STAMMERING  NOT  HEREDITARILY  TRANSMITTED 

$£  While  the  habit  of  stammering  is  not  hereditary,  a  pre- 
disposition to  this  malady  is  handed  down  from  parent  to  off- 
spring and  may  have  passed  through  several  generations.  The 
children  of  the  same  family  do  not  all  inherit  this  disposition 
in  the  same  degree,  and  some  probably  not  at  all. 

€[  Usually  one  or  two  children  will  exhibit  a  tendency  to  stutter, 
and  if  not  carefully  looked  after  and  corrected  in  the  right  way, 
will  soon  form  the  habit,  which  will  become  more  firmly  rooted 
as  the  child  advances  in  years. 

f[  The  predisposition  to  this  defect  is  no  doubt  weakened  and 
eventually  eradicated  by  the  intermarriage  of  the  negative  and 
timid  natures  to  the  strong  and  positive  ones,  and  vice  versa. 

H  It  may  be  also  well  to  add  that  impediments  of  speech  are 
found  in  families  where  their  histories  give  no  previous  defect  of 
this  kind.  

Commendation  of  Prominent  School  Supervisor 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 
It  affords  me  great  pleasure  to  state,  from  personal  observation,  that  Mr. 
Millard  has  been  very  successful  in  treating  cases  of  stuttering. 

MARGARET  CANTY,    Supervisor  Public  Schools. 


30  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  V 
STAMMERING  NOT  CAUSED  BY  NERVOUSNESS 

€L  Many  writers  have  on  various  occasions  tried  to  class  stam- 
mering as  a  nervous  disease  and  trace  the  primary  cause  of  the 
defect  to  a  disordered  nervous  system.  While  there  are  cases  in 
which  the  stammerer  shows  signs  of  nervousness  under  certain 
conditions,  he  is  not  necessarily  a  person  of  weak  nerves.  Fur- 
thermore, nervousness,  being  manifested  only  in  connection  with 
his  speech,  is  in  reality  a  direct  result  rather  than  the  cause  of  his 
abnormality,  and  after  the  stammering  is  removed  there  will 
remain  no  trace  of  his  nervousness. 

C  The  increased  amount  of  effort  and  constant  strain  that  stam- 
merers are  put  to  in  expressing  themselves  always  have  a  de- 
pressing and  exhausting  effect  upon  the  nervous  system.  This 
unnatural  amount  of  effort  to  perform  a  natural  function  of  the 
organs  concerned  in  speech  production  causes  unnecessary  waste 
and  wear  of  the  nervous  system. 

C  Long  continued  worry  and  mental  depression  from  any  cause 
is  debilitating  and  hinders  healthy  nutrition  and  the  proper 
function  of  the  organs  of  the  body.  Some  persons  can  stand  the 
mental  strain  of  stammering  for  a  longer  period  than  others 
without  any  perceptible  change  in  health,  while  in  others  there 
is  lowered  vitality,  emaciated  form  and  drawn  features. 

C  Our  Advanced  Natural  Method  makes  the  pupil  feel  at  ease 
and  complete  relaxation  of  nerve-tension  is  brought  about 
within  a  short  time.  The  body  gains  in  weight,  under  our  treat- 
treatment,  and  a  calm,  relaxed  facial  expression  is  noticeable 
within  a  few  days  after  the  student  enrolls. 


DOING  A  SPLENDID  WORK 

CITY  OF  MILWAUKEE 
Office  of  the  Mayor 
To  Who  It  May  Concern: — 

It  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  indorse  the  North-Western  School  for  Stam- 
merers, of  this  city,  located  at  2316  Grand  Ave.,  the  institution  is  doing  a 
splendid  work,  and  a  great  many  students  from  this  and  other  states  are 
attracted  here  each  season  to  avail  of  the  speech  training  it  offers. 

I  am  personally  acquainted  with  Mr.  Millard,  the  president  of  this  in- 
stitution and  am  also  acquainted  with  some  of  his  former  students.  From 
the  personal  statements  of  the  students  that  I  have  met,  I  know  he  is  doing 
a  grand  work  and  I  can  heartily  recommend  this  institution  to  those  who  wish 
to  come  for  a  course  of  speech  training.  DANIEL  W.  HOAN,  Mayor. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 31 

CHAPTER  VI 
SOME  CHILDREN  PREDISPOSED  TO  STAMMER 

C  Much  might  be  said  upon  this  subject.  However,  as  space 
does  not  permit,  attention  is  drawn  to  a  few  cautions  and  to  cite 
instances  where  impetuous  or  scolding  parents  and  teachers  have 
had  a  tendency  to  aggravate  the  evil  instead  of  correcting  it. 

d  The  impediment  may  have  its  cause  or  origin  in  many  dif- 
ferent ways.  It  is  oftentimes  brought  about  through  fright, 
imitation,  or  protracted  illness,  and  may  be  caused  by  diptheria, 
typhoid  and  scarlet  fevers,  etc. ;  but,  in  whatever  way  the  cause 
may  start,  it  is  best  when  helping  the  child  over  the  difficulty, 
to  tell  it  what  to  do  instead  of  what  not  to  do.  The  latter  would 
bring  a  self-consciousness  before  the  child's  mind  of  its  defect  and 
keep  the  organs  of  speech  tensioned  to  an  abnormally  high  degree, 
which  would  be  the  worst  possible  condition  for  the  child. 

STAMMERING  CHILDREN  SHOULD  NOT  BE  PUNISHED 

CI  Moreover,  parents,  governesses  or  teachers  should  never 
punish,  scold  or  otherwise  produce  in  the  child  a  nervous  dread 
to  talk. 

CHAPTER  VII 
STAMMERING  AND  STUTTERING  SELDOM  OUTGROWN 

C.  One  of  the  greatest  mistakes  that  parents  of  stammering 
children  can  make,  is  to  give  credence  to  the  harmful  and  oft- 
repeated  advice  of  friends  and  relatives,  "Your  child  may  pos- 
sibly outgrow  the  impediment,"  and  some  have  even  offered  the 
ridiculous  suggestion  that  it  can  be  overcome  by  keeping  pebbles 
in  the  mouth.  The  most  that  the  pebbles  could  do  would  be  to 
keep  the  teeth  apart. 

C  A  careful  gleaning  of  our  record  of  statistics  and  from  noted 
government  authorities,  it  has  been  found  that  less  than  one 
percent  of  children  who  stutter  or  stammer  ever  outgrow  the 
impediment  after  reaching  the  age  of  eight. 


An  acre  of  performance  is  better  than  a  land  of  promise. 


32  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  VIII 
MANY  FAMOUS  PERSONS  HAVE  STAMMERED 

C  Some  mothers  have  entertained  the  idea  that  a  mental  de- 
ficiency existed  which  caused  the  child  its  trouble  to  articulate 
properly.  This  impression  however,  is  entirely  wrong  and  is 
proved  by  the  fact  that  some  of  the  brightest  minds  the  world 
has  ever  known  were  afflicted  with  stammering,  a  few  of  them  I 
will  mention. 

Q  The  Bible  speaks  of  Moses  being  troubled  with  an  impediment 
— history  mentions  Louis  II  and  Louis  XIII  of  France;  King 
Eric  of  Sweden;  Mahomet-el-Rasser,  king  of  Spain;  Demos- 
thenes, the  famous  Greek  orator;  Canon  Kingsley,  Charles  Lamb, 
Martin  F.  Tupper,  the  English  poet;  Curran,  the  Irish  orator; 
Plutarch,  Aesop,  Virgil,  and  Bossy  d'Anglas,  the  famous  artist. 
Dr.  Senn,  and  other  famous  physicians  and  public  men  of  our 
own  country,  such  as  the  late  Col.  Theodore  Roosevelt,  who  is 
said  to  have  stammered  quite  severely,  and  Hon.  Wm.  A. 
Graham,  U.  S.  Senator  and  Governor  of  North  Carolina,  was 
afflicted  with  stammering,  and  numerous  others  could  be  men- 
tioned. From  the  few  names  above,  however,  it  can  be  plainly 
seen  that  there  is  no  truth  whatever  in  the  idea  that  stammering 
or  stuttering  is  the  result  of  defective  mentality. 


CURED  AND  CURED  PERFECTLY 

Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Mr.  Millard: — I  have  been  contemplating  on  writing  to  you  for  some  time, 
but  wanted  to  wait  and  see  how  well  I  remained  cured.  I  must  say  I  am  talk- 
talking  fine.     I  don't  believe  I  will  ever  have  trouble  again. 

Before  I  went  to  your  school  people  called  me  stuttering  John,  but  now 
they  call  me  the  "Silver  tongue  orator."  I  made  a  30-minute  speech  on  New 
Year's  Day  and  did  not  have  a  bit  of  trouble.  I  am  cured,  and  cured  per- 
fectly. I  paid  my  full  tuition,  but  still  feel  that  I  owe  you  a  great  debt. 
The  tuition  you  ask  is  nothing  for  perfect  speech.  If  I  were  a  rich  man  I 
would  donate  a  hundred  thousand  dollars  to  your  school  so  that  many  poor 
stammerers  that  are  not  able  to  pay,  could  come  and  get  cured.  I  worked 
and  saved  my  money  to  come  with,  and  now  I  am  enjoying  the  fruits  of  it. 
No  money  could  buy  my  cure.  I  can  only  give  you  kind  words.  I  wish  you 
all  the  success  in  the  world  for  your  good  institution. 

Your  grateful  student, 

JOHN  H.  KURTZ, 
R.  F.  D.  No.  1,  Box  49,  Chester   Ga. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  33 

CHAPTER  IX 
FEAR  AND  WORRY  CONDUCIVE  TO   STAMMERING 

Q  The  great  negative  note  in  the  lives  of  most  stammerers  is 
fear.  It  is  the  one  great  bugbear  stammerers  have  before  their 
minds.  Fear  is  the  mother  of  all  negative  emotions,  and  the 
stammerer  is  too  apprehensive  and  he  is  too  often  crossing  im- 
aginary bridges  before  they  really  appear. 

CL  The  fear  of  stammering  in  the  mind  of  the  average  speech 
sufferer  is  the  greatest  handicap  to  be  overcome.  The  memory 
and  experience  of  former  defeat  keeps  the  mind  in  a  negative 
state,  until  the  reality  of  victory  has  been  recorded  a  sufficient 
number  of  times,  to  eradicate  the  old  memory  of  the  habit. 

C  Fear  is  a  weak,  negative  attitude  which  should  never  have 
been  assumed,  and  the  effects  can  be  enumerated  in  many  ways. 
It  has  destroyed  the  finely  budding  characters  of  men  and  women 
everywhere.  It  demoralizes  character,  destroys  ambition  and 
has  curbed  or  prevented  numberless  achievements  aspired  to 
by  man. 

C  Worry,  lack  of  confidence,  bashfulness,  irresolution,  timidity, 
depression  and  all  the  rest  of  the  negative  brood  of  feelings  and 
emotions  are  the  progeny  of  fear.  Worry  is  the  oldest  child  of 
fear;  hence,  if  we  drive  out  the  mental  vampire  of  fear  we  will 
cease  to  give  out  to  others  the  negative  suggestions  of  incom- 
petency, lack  of  self-reliance  and  the  other  impressions  that  hurt 
one's  chances  in  getting  cured  of  stammering,  or  of  a  successful 
career  afterward. 

€L  Perhaps  the  most  phenomenal  part  of  fear  is  the  fact  that 
when  one  fears  a  thing  he  really  attracts  it  to  him — just  as  if  he 
desired  it.  The  principal  reason  is  this:  When  you  fear  stam- 
mering you  create  a  mental  picture  of  the  word  or  sentence  you 
are  afraid  of,  which  if  repeated,  has- a  tendency  toward  materiali- 
zation. WTith  mental  pictures  of  words  you  are  afraid  of  con- 
stantly before  the  mind,  you  are  sure  to  think  of  them — which 
thoughts  take  action  and  being,  and  are  directly  conducive  to 
stammering. 

C  To  counteract  this  law  of  attracting  fear,  let  the  thoughts  be 
of  courage,  and  victory.  Keep  the  mind  centered  upon  that 
which  you  wish  to  attain.     Thus  when  the  feeling  of  fear  at- 


34  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


tempts  to  enter  the  mind,  administer  the  antidote  of  fearlessness 
and  courage. 

C.  Whenever  the  stammerer  can  forget  fear  he  speaks  with  no 
difficulty.  But  every  indulgence  in  stammering  intensifies  fear, 
and  every  suppression  of  it  increases  his  power  to  overcome  the 
defect.  Hence,  continued  refusal  to  indulge  in  the  old  habit, 
stammering,  and  persistence  in  fluent  talking,  which  occurs 
when  the  fear  is  allayed,  will  be  the  consequent  means  to  recovery . 

C.  The  "fluent  spells"  which  naturally  occur  will  supply  suf- 
ficient courage  to  dissipate  the  fear  of  stammering.  Therefore 
in  order  to  bring  about  early  relief  from  the  stammering  con- 
dition, extreme  care  must  be  taken  to  not  stammer  once,  when  it 
can  possibly  be  avoided. 

€[  With  a  feeling  of  courage  and  determination  and  a  full 
knowledge  of  our  Advanced  Natural  Method,  stammering  can 
be  very  easily  avoided  on  every  occasion,  until  you  have  gained 
sufficient  confidence  that  fear  no  longer  enters  the  mind. 

C.  When  the  illusion  of  fear  is  once  stamped  upon  the  mind  it  is 
a  check  to  all  human  endeavor  until  it  is  removed  by  the  reality 
of  truth. 

C  To  sum  it  up  in  a  word,  fear  is  all  evil,  not  having  one  re- 
deeming quality,  and,  going  hand  in  hand  with  stammering  as 
it  does,  it  is  the  one  great  mental  juggernaut  that  must  be  over- 
come. 

C[  Fear  feeds  on  a  lack  of  confidence.  To  gain  confidence  you 
must  win  small  victories  each  hour.  By  following  our  Advanced 
Natural  Method  you  can  easily  win  them  with  every  sentence 
you  speak. 

C  My  "psycho-mento"  or  mind-training  exercises  kill  the  fear 
of  stammering  and  leaves  the  mind  positive  and  confident. 
The  will  power,  under  my  system  is  strengthened  fully  100 
per  cent. 


Fortune  smiles  on  the  determined  man;  I  can't  is  un  American. 


PART  IV 

THE  CURE  OF  STAMMERING  BY  THE  ADVANCED 
NATURAL  METHOD 


CHAPTER  I 

CONTINUITY  OF  VOICE  INDISPENSABLE 

Q  One  of  the  most  essential  features  involved  in  a  course  of 
correct  treatment  is  to  center  the  key  of  voice  to  the  fore  part 
of  the  mouth  and  keep  the  voice  a  trifle  in  lead  of  the  words. 
C  The  column  of  air  from  the  lungs  is  set  in  vibration  by  coming 
into  contact  with  the  vocal  chords  and  produces  voice.  By 
passing  through  various  chambers — the  larynx,  the  pharynx, 
nasal  cavities  and  mouth — and  being  modified  and  articulated 
at  the  same  time,  speech  is  produced. 

C  Voice  being  the  material  of  speech,  it  is  obvious  that  the 
stammerer  should  direct  his  efforts  in  this  direction.  Notwith- 
withstanding  his  repeated  failures,  he  will  invariably  try  to  force 
speech  by  moving  his  head,  his  tongue  and  jaws,  and  often  his 
limbs,  in  a  vain  attempt  to  produce  the  sound  which  he  is  un- 
consciously preventing  by  closing  the  passage  through  which 
voice  can  only  come.  By  this  misdirected  effort  and  undue 
tension,  continuity  of  voice  is  an  impossibility. 

C  There  can  be  no  clear,  easy  conversion  without  a  continuous 
flow  of  voice.  This  natural  phenomena  depends  on  the  organs 
and  muscles  of  respiration,  which  must  be  completely  under 
control. 


NOTED  MINISTER  GLAD  TO  RECOMMEND  SCHOOL 

GRAND  AVENUE  CONGREGATIONAL  CHURCH 
Milwaukee,  Wisconsin 

To  Whon  it  May  Concern: — I  am  very  glad  to  recommend  an  institution 
that  is  successful  in  remedying  any  serious  defect  of  speech.  Having  con- 
versed with  some  of  its  graduates,  I  am  convinced  that  The  North-Western 
School  for  Stammerers  is  accomplishing  the  work  for  which  it  exists. 

2103  Grand  Ave.  REV.  C.  H.  BEALE,  D.  D.,  Pastor. 

35 


36  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  II 
TALKING  ON  EXHAUSTED  BREATH 

C  One  of  the  first  and  most  important  things  to  be  done  in  a 
cure  for  stammering  is  to  properly  regulate  the  breathing. 
Stammerers,  as  a  rule,  have  too  shallow  a  form  of  breathing 
which  is  not  only  injurious  to  the  general  health,  but  manifests 
itself  in  a  depressed  condition  of  the  chest  after  vocal  effort, 
causing  palpitation  of  the  heart,  pains  in  the  lungs,  and  shows 
other  symptoms  of  serious  pulmonary  troubles. 

C  The  mismanagement  of  the  breath  is  due  to  the  stammerer, 
instead  of  trying  to  speak  after  an  inspiration,  he  usually  at- 
tempts to  converse  immediately  after  expiration. 

C  Talking  on  exhausted  breath  is  a  very  common  occurence  with 
certain  types  of  stammering.  It  usually  happens  in  this  way: 
The  person  thus  afflicted  with  the  habit,  having  something  of 
importance  to  say,  starts  the  sentence  and  comes  to  a  word  or 
syllable  that  appears  at  the  moment  insurmountable.  Through 
the  misdirected  effort  to  utter  the  word,  he  over-articulates  and 
expels  the  remaining  breath,  and  the  whole  diaphragm  seems  to 
have  collapsed  and  stuck  together,  as  it  were.  Partly  gaining 
control  and  equilibrium,  he  tries  to  finish  the  remainder  of  the 
sentence  on  exhausted  breath. 

d  In  controlling  this  part  of  the  defect  there  are  a  few  principles 
it  would  be  well  to  bear  in  mind.  Remember,  that  nothing  of 
importance  is  done  in  a  hurry,  and,  as  he  has  before  him  a  world 
full  of  air,  to  keep  his  respiratory  organs  supplied.  Furthermore, 
he  should  keep  a  constant  check  over  his  emotional  nature  and 
clearly  concentrate  and  visualize  upon  what  he  is  saying,  with- 
out undue  mental  intensity  or  nervous  strain. 

CL  The  importance  of  breath  control  is  immediately  taught  our 
students  and  the  habit  of  talking  on  exhausted  breath  is  quickly 
broken  and  diaphragmatic  breathing  takes  the  place  of  the  former 
incorrect  manner  of  forcing,  straining  and  talking  on  exhausted 
breath. 


Happiness  is  found  in  the  state  of  mind. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  37 

CHAPTER  III 
FRESH  AIR  AND  HEALTH  HINTS 

{[  Fresh  air  is  God's  most  bountiful  gift  to  mankind.     It  is 

about  the  only  thing  in  the  world  you  don't  have  to  pay  for.     The 

only  time  you  pay  is  when  you  don't  get  enough  of  it.     If  it 

were  charged  for,  the  pupil  might  take  a  deeper  breath  when 

talking,  for  then  he  would  consider  it  important. 

C  "He  lives  longest  who  breathes  the  most  air,"  is  more  common 

sense  than  poetry.     When  out  for  your  daily  walk,  inhale  for 

five  regular  steps  and  then  exhale  for  the  next  five  steps.     This 

is  a  health  suggestion,  as  well  as  a  practice  that  will  develop  the 

diaphragm. 

Q  Never  sleep  in  a  room  where  you  cannot  open  a  window — 

from  the  top.     This  practice  will  lengthen  your  life,  and  you  will 

awaken  each  morning  with  vim  and  vigor,  ready  and  better  able 

to  perform  your  daily  tasks. 

€[  Avoid  smoking — and  the  use  of  tobacco  in  any  form.     It  acts 

directly  upon  the  muscles  and  nerves  at  the  root  of  the  tongue  and 

vocal  chords.     It  enervates  the  system  and  keeps  the  nerves  on 

edge,  hence,  being  especially  detrimental  to  persons  overcoming 

stammering. 

$[  Quiet  the  nerves  by  deliberate  thinking  and  back  your  desire 
for  speech,  with  courageous  thoughts  and  the  positive  mental 
attitude.  Strong  nerves  denote  a  healthy  body,  which  can  only 
come  through  positive,  constructive  thought. 
C^  So  great  are  the  benefits  derived  from  our  course  of  speech 
training,  that  together  with  the  cure,  the  average  pupil  gains 
from  ten  to  fifteen  pounds  in  weight  and  sometimes  even  more. 


SCHOOL  HAS  EARNED  AN  ENVIABLE  REPUTATION 

TABERNACLE  BAPTIST  CHURCH 

261  Nineteenth  St.,     Milwaukee,  Wis. 

To  Who  It  May  Concern: — 

The  "Exclusive  Features"  advertised  and  elaborated  on  the  back  of  the 
North- Western  School  for  Stammerers'  letter  head,  I  have  reason  to  believe 
are  absolutely  correct.  I  base  my  belief  upon  the  fact  that  I  have  visited  the 
school  on  several  occasions,  have  talked  with  the  students  and  instructors, 
have  addressed  the  school  twice,  and  have  furnished  a  pupil  afflicted  with 
stammering,  who  graduated  in  time,  cured. 

The  school  has  earned  an  enviable  reputation,  far  beyond  the  confines  of 
Milwaukee,  and  is  deserving  of  the  same  because  of  permanent  results  achieved. 

(REV.)  WILLIAM  T.  DOR  WARD, 


38 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  IV 
BREATHING 

d  The  average  person  knows  too  little  of  breathing  and  pupils 
of  this  school,  when  first  enrolling,  might  think  the  breathing 
exercises  are  merely  to  "fill-in"  with.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  they 
are  inseparably  connected  with  the  cure. 

C  No  person  can  stammer  and  breathe  correctly.  They  must 
either  force  the  breath  out  or  hold  it  back,  or  use  diaphragmatic 
compression,  block  or  obstruct  the  voice  with  the  tongue  or  lips, 
in  order   to  stammer — and  do  a  "good  job"  of  it. 

H  The  oxygen  taken  into  the  system  through  deep  breathing, 
will  in  itself,  pay  you  a  hundred  fold  in  health,  to  say  nothing 
about  the  importance  of  deep  breathing  from  a  standpoint  of 
raw  material  for  good  talking. 

H  Nervous  people,  especially,  need  the  life-giving  oxygen  that 
the  body  gains  by  forming  the  habit  of  deep  breathing.  The 
nervous  system  is  a  glutton  for  oxygen,  and  it  is  estimated  that 
the  brain  itself  uses  one-half  of  all  the  oxygen  we  breathe.  It  is 
little  wonder  that  brain-workers,  in  poorly  ventilated  offices,  have 
a  look  of  weariness  and  feel  as  if  they  are  in  need  of  a  vacation. 
Pure  air  and  deep  breathing  is  what  they  need  most. 


Side  View  of  Thorax 
and  Abdomen 

Showing  the  external 
oblique  and  serratus 
magnus,  important 
muscles  of  respiration. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


39 


H  Always  keep  the  window  of  your  office  or  sleeping  room  open 
from  the  top,  so  as  to  allow  the  impure  air  to  escape  and  the  heavy 
air,  loaded  with  oxygen  and  ozone,  an  opportunity  to  descend  to 
the  lower  portion  of  the  room  and  constantly  crowd  out  the 
lighter  air,  at  the  upper  part  of  the  room,  which  is  impure. 


(grays  anatomy) 


The  Diaphragm,  Under  Surface 

Showing  Central  Tendon  and  Muscular  Fibers. 
This  wonderful  muscular  apparatus  contracts  and  expands  for  each  breath 
you  take,  when  you  breathe  diaphragmatically. 


Two  Brothers  Cured  Over  Nine  Years  Ago 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — Have  been  thinking  for  a  long  time  that  we  owe  you 
a  letter,  but,  you  know,  we  never  hardly  get  time  to  do  much  writing  after 
our  spring  work  starts,  but  today  will  drop  you  a  few  lines  to  let  you  know  that 
we  are  both  talking  fine  and  cured  to  stay  cured.  We  will  never  forget  your 
good  school  and  the  fine  time  we  had  while  there  getting  cured.  Wishing 
you  the  best  of  success,  and  hoping  to  hear  from  you  again,  we  are, 

Yours  very  truly, 
HARRY  PHILBRICK,     WALTER  PHILBRICK. 

Box  159,  Turtle  Lake,  No.  Dak. 


40 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  V 
MOUTH  BREATHING 

€L  Mouth  breathing  has  become  second  nature  with  many. 
The  habit  is  often  formed  in  babyhood,  thereby  unfitting  the 
nasal  muscles  for  carrying  out  their  function,  making  mouth 
breathing  become  a  fixed  habit. 

<L  It  is  a  decidedly  wrong  form  of  breathing,  however,  and  certain 
irritation  and  dryness  of  the  throat  is  the  result.  Especially  is 
this  noticeable  with  singers  or  public  speakers,  who,  when  nervous 
are  inclined  to  draw  sharp,  short  breaths  through  the  mouth. 

€[  Perfect  breathing  develops  perfect  poise. 

d  To  overcome  the  habit  of  mouth  breathing,  it  is  only  necessary 
to  concentrate  the  mind  upon  closing  the  lips  firmly  and  taking 
in  deep  breaths  through  the  nasal  cavities.  This  should  be  done 
often,  for  several  minutes  at  a  time,  until  nasal  breathing  is  an 
established  habit.  The  nasal  passages  become  narrowed  from 
mouth  breathing. 

€[  Mouth  breathing,  when  done  in  a  foggy,  dusty  or  zero  atmos- 
phere, is  a  very  unhealthful  practice. 


Side  View  of  Thorax  and  Abdomen 

Showing  external  and  internal  intercostal  muscles  and  the  internal  oblique 
muscles.     These  muscles  are  materially  concerned  in  respiration. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


41 


External 

intercostal 


Internal 
intercoetala 


Infra-costalC8 


(human  anatomy) 
Front  View  of  Intercostal  Muscles 

This  illustration  shows  a  front  view  of  the  complete  external  and  internal 
intercostal  muscles  used  in  respiration  (breathing.) 

Observe  that  the  internal  muscles  work  in  almost  opposite  direction 
to  the  external  muscles.  One  set  of  muscles  expands  while  the  other  con- 
tracts. Thus  nature's  law  for  human  beings  has  provided  this  manner  of 
using  fresh  air  for  supplying  the  lungs  with  life-giving  oxygen  and  enabling 
you  to  utilize  the  "by-product"  (impure  air)  as  raw  material  for  speech. 


Life  without  a  purpose,  is  a  languid,  drifting  thing. 


42 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


Side  Sectional  View 

of  Thorax  and 

Abdomen 

Showing  Diaphragm 
and  Various  Plexuses 
of  the  Body. 


PHARYNGEAL  PLEXUS 

LARYNGEAL  PLEXUS 
DEEP  CAQD/ACPIEXl/f 

sffpwiau mm 'plexi/s 

T/tOMCIC  PLEXl/S 

DMPffMGM 

SOLAI?Pl£Xt/S 

AOfiT/CPLEXUS 


-HYPOCASTfiJCPLEW 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


43 


CHAPTER  VI 

DIAPHRAGMATIC  BREATHING 

4[  Diaphragmatic  breathing  is  without  doubt  the  most  im- 
portant of  all,  because  it  is  the  center  of  control  for  correct  speak- 
ing. The  diaphragm,  to  be  kept  in  a  healthful  condition,  must  be 
well  exercised  and  forced  down  and  out  when  breathing.  It  is  the 
terminus  of  the  pneumo- gastric  nerve.  You  have,  no  doubt, 
often  felt  a  cold  lump  form  in  the  pit  of  the  stomach  from  sudden 
fear  of  stammering.  This  is  due  to  the  action  of  the  sympa- 
thetic nerves  through  the  solar  plexus,  which  is  located  just 
below  the  diaphragm. 

C^  The  diagram  shown  opposite,  is  a  fairly  accurate  picture  and 
shows  the  diaphragm  when  distended.  This  great  breathing 
muscle  must  be  kept  under  perfect  control  in  order  that  we  may 
breathe  diaphragmatically,  which  action  forces  out  the  dia- 
phragm and  abdomen.   This  is  the  only  correct  form  of  breathing. 

Q  If  you  are  a  "chest-breather"  change  to  the  diaphragmatic  as 
quickly  as  possible.  It  is  absolutely  essential  to  perfect  speech 
control. 


■LAPYNXorVOICE'BOX 


TRACHEA  ox 
WINDPIPE 


MUSCULAR- 
FIBERS 


T&$DOAT 

MiJSCULAZ 
FIBERS 


Front  External  View  of  Lungs  and  Diaphragm 

Showing  Muscular  Fibers  and  Central  Tendon  of  Diaphragm. 


44 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


.   -.   -  ';■'■  /'<■..  •       ',?. 


Vallecula  — 

Cushion  of  epiglottis 

True  vocal  cord 

Bima  glottidis 

Sinus  pyriformis 

Arytenoid  commissure 

(human  anatomy) 


BASE  OF  TONGUE 


—  Median  glosso-epiglottidean 
fold 


EPIGLOTTIS 


Fossa  innominata 
Aryteno-epiglottidean  fold 


—  CARTILAGE  OF  WRISBERG 


CARTILAGE  OF  SANTORINI 
Pharynx 


The  Larynx 

Interior  view  showing  vocal  chords  in  the  act  of  inspiration. 


VOCAL 
CNOPD 


VOCAl 
CHORD 


GRAYS  ANATOMY) 


Interior  of  the  Larynx  {Top  View),  Partly  Dissected. 

Showing  the  Vocal  Chords,  and  Glottis,  or  the  Opening  Between  Them. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


45 


BASE  Of  TONGUE 


Median  gloss o-epiglottidean 
fold 


Fossa  innominata 
True  vocal  cord 
Sinus  pyriformis 
PROCESSUS  VOCALIS 

Pharynx 


EPIGLOTTIS 

Cushion  of  epiglottis 

Ventricle 
Aryteno-epiglottiaean  fold 

—  CARTiLACE  OF  WRISBERG 

—  CARTILAGE  OF  SANTORINI 

—  Arytenoid  commissure 

UMAN  ANATOMY) 


The  Larynx 

Interior  view  showing  vocal  chords  in  the  act  of  vocalization,  producing  a 

high-pitched  tone. 


Vocal  Apparatus 

(As  reflected  from  a  mirror  held  in  the  back  of  the  mouth.) 

The  interior  of  the  Larynx  can  be  easily  observed  from  this  illustration. 
The  mechanism  of  the  vocal  chords  in  the  act  of  vocalization  or  respiration 
are  plainly  visible  if  you  will  but  place  a  mirror  far  back  in  the  mouth  with  the 
latter  well  illuminated. 


46  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  VII 
ARTICULATION  AND  WHAT  IT  SIGNIFIES 

C  Articulation  is  the  action  of  the  tongue  and  other  organs  of 
speech  by  which  each  separate  element  receives  its  peculiar 
character. 

€t  The  word  is  derived  from  "articulus,"  meaning  a  little  joint; 
thus  articulation  signifies  the  ' 'jointing  of  speech."  This  term 
arises  from  the  natural  law  of  alteration  in  speech. 

C  The  fundamental  conditions  that  underlie  perfect  articulation 
are  an  exact  knowledge  of  the  peculiar  character  of  each  sound 
and  the  rules  or  principles  according  to  which  these  sounds  are 
combined. 

d  Proper  exercises  will  tend  to  reduce  the  sluggish  or  clumsy 
action  of  the  lips,  and,  likewise,  the  muscles  that  control  the  ex- 
pression of  the  mouth  and  face  will  be  benefited.  The  eyes  have 
been  called  the  "windows  from  which  the  soul  peeps  forth." 
The  mouth  should  be  called  "the  door  from  which  the  soul  ac- 
tually comes  forth." 

4[  Stammering  is  partially  induced  by  misuse  or  lack  of  control 
of  the  articulative  organs.  Diaphragmatic  compression  and 
physical  effort  when  talking  will  cause  these  organs  to  over- 
articulate,  and  a  spasm  of  a  greater  or  lesser  degree,  which  in 
time,  would  terminate  in  deranged  nerve -function.  The  out- 
ward manifestation  of  this  unnatural  muscular  strain  would  be 
to  protrude  the  tongue,  or  to  entirely  block  the  articulation  at 
times,  and  cause  the  blood  to  collect  in  the  outward  surface  of 
the  face  and  neck,  which  is  anything  but  a  pleasing  expression 
for  one  who  is  talking. 

C  Students  of  the  North- Western  School  are  taught  relaxation 
and  light-articulation  as  soon  as  they  begin  a  course  of  speech 
training  here.  Other  exercises  given  bring  about  complete 
flexibility  of  the  lips,  alleviating  the  thick  and  clumsy  feeling 
experienced  by  stammerers. 


Why  stay  we  on  earth,  except  to  grow  stronger? 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  47 


CHAPTER  VIII 

TALKING  FROM  A  TOO  CLOSE  POSITION  OF 
THE  TEETH 

C  That  the  teeth  should  never  come  in  contact  during  speech  is 
a  rule  to  be  borne  in  mind  and  strictly  adhered  to.  It  is  a  fault 
to  be  found  chiefly  among  stammerers.  There  are  a  few  words, 
however,  commencing  with  S,  Z,  Th  and  Sh  in  which  the  teeth 
come  into  close  proximity.  In  practicing  these  elements  a 
paper  cutter  or  some  similar  article  may  be  used  to  retain  the 
teeth  at  a  distance. 

H  The  writer  is  reminded  of  an  article  in  a  well  known  recipe 
book  given  as  a  specific  for  stammering,  as  follows:  "Read  aloud 
with  the  teeth  tightly  closed  one  hour  a  day  until  cured."  This 
remedy,  like  many  others,  is  worse  than  useless,  as  it  is  directly 
opposed  to  the  laws  that  underlie  and  control  the  art  of  perfect 
speech,  and  only  tends  to  aggravate  the  difficulty  instead  of 
correcting  it. 

C  By  keeping  the  teeth  apart,  the  volume  of  tone  can  come  forth 
plainly  and  have  a  more  carrying  effect.  Additional  to  this,  it 
allows  a  free  action  of  the  tongue  for  articulation. 

C  Dropping  the  jaw  also  aids  in  lowering  the  tone  of  voice  which 
is  another  feature  of  the  work  not  to  be  overlooked.  Tension 
and  physical  effort  have  incorrectly  exercised  the  muscles  of  the 
vocal  chords  to  such  an  extent  that  it  becomes  necessary  to 
form  a  counter  habit  of  lowering  the  tone  of  voice,  as  soon  as 
possible  after  you  enroll. 

C  Particular  attention  is  devoted  to  this  phase  of  the  cure  and 
our  pupils  are  taught  just  how  far  apart  to  keep  the  teeth,  there 
being  a  difference  in  each  case,  according  to  whether  the  natural 
formation  of  the  pupil's  jaw  is  square,  receding  or  pointed  and 
whether  the  edges  of  the  teeth  overlap  or  touch  evenly.  Nothing 
is  overlooked  at  our  institution  that  will  enhance  the  cure  and 
increase  the  confidence  of  the  student  by  making  speech  come 
more  easily. 


Discouragement  makes  the  brave  more  resolute  to  win. 


48  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  IX 

THE  TONGUE  AN  UNRULY  MEMBER 

€L  The  tongue  has  often  been  termed  "an  unruly  member,"  but 
this  is  only  meant  figuratively,  as  representing  the  faculty  of 
speech.  The  tongue  itself  is  one  of  the  most  alert  and  obedient 
organs  in  the  body  in  normal  speech. 

H  At  the  bidding  of  the  v/ill  it  throws  itself  into  many  different 
attitudes  with  an  untraceable  rapidity  and  a  dexterity  that 
would  excite  our  highest  admiration,  could  we  but  witness  them. 

€L  This  protean  member,  by  its  independent  action  and  various 
configurations,  produces  no  fewer  than  eight  of  the  eleven  actions 
of  articulation,  and  forms  sixteen  distinct  elements  of  speech, 
namely:  Th(in),  Th(en),  S,  Z,  Sh,  Zh,  R,  L,  T,  D,  N,  H(ue), 
Y,  K,  G,  Ng. 

€L  Perhaps  nearly  all  stammerers  have  tried  to  assist  their 
tongues  by  putting  pebbles  into  their  mouths.  Such  expedients 
were  recommended  because  Demosthenes,  the  renowned  in- 
articulate, is  said  to  have  practiced  this  habit.  Persons  with  de- 
defective  speech  might  as  well  practice  with  pebbles  in  their 
pockets.  The  only  possible  benefit  to  be  derived  from  such  a 
practice  is  that  it  may  assist  in  keeping  the  teeth  apart. 
€1  The  tongue  often  assumes  the  wrong  attitude,  especially 
with  stammerers.  A  few  simple  rules  are  as  follows :  The  tongue 
should  avoid  touching  the  lower  teeth ;  this  can  be  accomplished 
in  a  very  few  trials.  The  tongue  should  never  protrude  between 
the  teeth  nor  be  pointed  dov/nward  to  the  bed  of  the  jaw;  in 
fact,  it  should  never  deviate  from  the  center  of  the  mouth,  and 
when  disengaged  should  fall  back  naturally  within  the  mouth 
out  of  sight. 

Now  in  Business  for  Himself 

Mr.  L.  W.  Millard,  Wyandotte,  Mich.,  June  1st,  1911. 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard:— I  just  recollected  that  I  have  not  written  to  you  for 
quite  a  long  time,  but  want  to  tell  you  that  I  am  talking  fine  and  enjoying 
good  health.  I  am  in  business  for  myself  now,  as  you  will  notice  by  the  new 
street  number.  How  is  everything  at  the  school?  I  won't  forget  the  good 
times  I  had  very  soon.     This  will  be  all  for  this  time.     With  best  regards  and 

wishes  to  the  school.  

CHARLES  J.  SCHWARTZ. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  49 

CHAPTER  X 

HABIT 

C  The  Duke  of  Wellington,  when  told  that  habit  was  second 
nature,  replied:  "Habit  is  ten  times  nature."  The  Duke  was 
right,  for  army  drilling  and  discipline  fashioned  his  men  com- 
pletely over  again. 

C  Man  is  a  bundle  of  habits  and,  in  fact,  all  creation  seem  to 
move  along  the  line  of  habit.  In  wild  animals,  the  usual  round 
of  daily  behavior  seems  a  necessity  implanted  at  birth,  or  by 
instinct,  but  with  man,  it  seems,  to  a  great  extent,  the  habits 
are  brought  about  by  reason  or  education.  Nature  itself  is  the 
continuation  of  immutable  habits.  It  has  become  the  custom 
for  the  average  man  to  wind  his  watch  at  bedtime  and  the  habit 
once  formed,  is  seldom,  if  ever,  forgotten. 

C^  The  habit  of  stammering  was  formed  through  continuous 
wrong  action  of  the  muscles  engaged  in  speech  production,  driven 
by  a  mind  filled  with  emotion  and  undue  haste.  The  habit  of 
using  physical  muscular  effort  to  bring  the  words  out  more 
quickly,  was  formed  in  early  youth,  and  the  habit  continued  for 
years,  or  until  a  systematic  counter-habit  of  corrective  breathing 
exercises,  changed  or  established  control,  through  the  new  habit. 


CHAPTER  XI 
STAMMERING  AND  STUTTERING  A  SPASMODIC  HABIT 

€1  This  is  a  habit  which  is  localized  in  the  brain;  the  harmonious 
action  of  the  nerve  centers  which  control  the  organs  of  speech 
and  respiration  is  interfered  with.  The  voluntary  act  which 
must  be  carried  out  to  give  expression  to  thought,  by  the  phonetic 
co-ordination  of  the  muscles  of  the  larynx,  tongue,  soft  palate, 
lips  and  respiratory  organs,  is  not  performed,  the  muscular  action 
of  the  diaphragm  being  chiefly  at  fault.  This  muscle  remains  in 
a  spasmodic  contraction,  instead  of  relaxing  and  contracting 
alternately,  as  it  does  in  normal  speech. 


Doubts  are  traitors  and  make  cowards  of  us  all. 


50  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  XII 
PESSIMISM  A  HABIT 

C  A  life  of  stammering  is  likely  to  change  the  tenor  of  a  happy 
disposition,  to  ill-tempered  pessimism  and  make  the  individual 
fault-finding  and  moody.  Slow  progress  toward  relief  from  stam- 
mering can  be  expected  in  such  cases,  until  a  reverse  attitude 
is  cultivated  and  developed. 

4[  Simply  forget  all  the  gloomy  memories  of  the  past,  by  crowding 
in  pleasant  thoughts  of  the  future.  Remember  that  a  smile  is 
contagious  and  that  joy  associates  only  with  joy. 

C  Discontent  shortens  life,  and  a  morose  disposition  injures 
the  nervous  system. 

€L  Pessimism  is  a  devitalizing  force.  The  pessimist  not  only  por- 
trays the  character  of  his  thoughts  and  feelings  in  his  countenance 
but  every  cell  in  his  body  is  affected  by  his  destructive  attitude 
of  mind.  Optimism  has  a  contrary  influence.  Happiness  of 
the  wholesome  kind,  materially  lengthens  life  and  is  both  a 
physical  and  mental  tonic.  By  looking  on  the  bright  side  of 
life,  you  assist  the  process  of  digestion  and  the  entire  organism 
of  the  body  functions  more  harmoniously.  Although  the  day 
may  be  cloudy,  the  sun  can  shine  in  the  heart.  Therefore  culti- 
vate a  happy  disposition  and  a  pleasant  smile. 

CI,  He  who  insists  that  he  has  worries  and  remains  enwrapped 
in  thoughts  of  the  gloomy  past,  is  simply  digging  his  own 
grave.     He  is  shutting  out  the  sunlight  of  life. 

d  Through  the  cultivation  of  a  happy  spirit,  people  find  them- 
selves enjoying  more  and  more  the  pleasures  of  life.  Hence, 
eradicate  the  "glooms."  Add  to  the  length  and  to  the  joy  of 
your  days,  by  an  optimism  so  compelling,  that  discouragement 
cannot  possibly  find  a  place  in  your  mental  realm.  Lectures 
along  lines  that  encourage  optimism  are  given  to  our  classes 
frequently. 


The  struggle  of  today  is  for  a  vast  future. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  51 

CHAPTER  XIII 

A  SCIENTIFIC  METHOD  CURES  STAMMERING  BY 
REMOVING  THE  CAUSE 

€[  Strange  as  it  may  seem  to  many,  the  fact  still  remains  that 
the  stammerer  creates  the  cause  of  his  difficulty  each  time  he 
stammers,  after  the  first  or  original  cause  has  passed  away,  and 
the  habit  of  talking  incorrectly  has  once  been  formed.  There- 
fore, by  practicing  to  talk  properly  under  a  scientific,  natural 
method,  the  wrong  way  of  talking  is  supplanted  by  the  correct 
mode  of  utterance,  and  stammering  is  removed  because  there  is 
no  longer  any  cause  to  stammer.  The  organs  of  articulation 
have  been  trained  to  take  their  correct  positions;  the  natural 
equilibrium  and  control  have  been  established,  which  are  so 
indispensable  in  perfect  speech,  and  the  cause  for  hesitation 
having  all  disappeared  through  scientific  and  systematic  training. 
Stammering  then  seems  absurd,  inconsistent,  uncalled  for,  and 
contrary  to  manifest  truth. 


CHAPTER  XIV 
DIFFERENT  TYPES  OF  STAMMERING  NO  HANDICAP 

{[  Stammering  varies  according  to  the  disposition,  but  as  our 
Advanced  Natural  Method  has  the  whole  force  of  nature  behind 
it  and  removes  the  stammering  in  a  natural  manner,  one  case 
yields  as  readily  as  another  when  the  pupil  does  his  or  her  part 
and  gives  the  method  reasonable  attention.  Therefore,  don't 
hold  back  because  of  the  thought,  "Perhaps  he  has  never  treated 
a  case  like  mine." 

C  Determine  that  you  can  do  what  others  have  done,  and  come 
and  give  yourself  a  "square  deal"  under  our  superior  method  of 
speech  training,  and  the  results  will  take  care  of  themselves. 
You  will  be  cured  just  as  sure  as  two  and  two  make  four. 

C  We  have  our  method  of  cure  systematized  to  such  a  point  of 
perfection  that  guesswork  has  no  place  in  this  institution.  In- 
dustrious application  spells  a  cure. 


Make  your  failures  stepping  stones  to  success. 


PART  V 
THE  ADVANCED  NATURAL  METHOD  DEFINED 


CHAPTER  I 
FACTS  ABOUT  OUR  METHODS 

d  Our  method  is  NATURAL,  EDUCATIONAL  AND  SCIEN- 
TIFICALLY CORRECT.  The  psychic,  (mind  training)  is  a 
feature  of  our  method,  generally  overlooked  at  other  schools. 
Our  Advanced  Natural  Method  conforms  with  all  the  laws  and 
principles,  both  mentally  and  physically,  of  perfect  speech. 
When  starting  the  course,  you  are  taught  to  relax — to  gain  com- 
plete composure — without  the  ten  day  silence  period  of  other 
stammering  schools.  Then  I  teach  you  to  breathe  properly;  to 
vocalize  easily  and  articulate  lightly — so  as  not  to  obstruct  the 
natural  continuity  of  voice.  I  teach  you  how  to  concentrate  the 
mind — for  concentration  is  the  great  secret  of  all  success.  Scien- 
tific concentration  energizes  the  mind.  I  teach  you  to  visualize 
on  a  picture  of  perfect  speech  so  completely  that  it  is  easy  to 
follow  it  out.  Your  will  power  is  strengthened  100  per  cent  and 
your  mental  attitude  is  made  positive.  Confidence  is  restored 
and  the  fear  of  stammering  forever  eradicated.  It  is  like  learn- 
ing to  talk  by  note,  instead  of  by  guess. 


CHAPTER  II 


GREAT  VIRTUE  IN  OUR  NATURAL  METHOD— HOW 
A  CURE  IS  BROUGHT  ABOUT 

H  To  the  critical  observer  coming  to  our  institution  the  first 
thing  that  would  impress  him  most  would  be  the  naturalness  and 
ease  with  which  our  pupils  talk.  After  being  introduced  to  those 
assembled  for  treatment,  and  after  having  personal  talks  with 
each  one,  it  would  be  further  noticed  that  the  majority  of  the 
pupils  enrolled  had  previously  attended  and  were  failures  of 
several  other  stammering  schools,  and  this  fact,  perhaps,  more 
than  anything  else,  would  be  meritoriously  in  favor  of  our  Ad- 
vanced Natural  Method  of  speech  training,  inasmuch  as  these 
pupils  were,  under  our  method,  already  practically  cured. 

52 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 53 

C  When  the  hours  for  class  exercises  arrived  numerous  other 
surprises  await  this  already  favorably  impressed  observer. 
He  would  find  that  the  method  employed  is  the  latest  scientific 
and  up-to-date  system  of  advanced  speech  training. 

CL  First  comes  the  breathing  exercises,  which  are  in  advance  of 
any  other  known  for  the  cure  of  stammering. 

CL  Next  in  order  would  be  a  combination  of  vocal-physical  ex- 
ercises specially  adapted  to  keep  the  body  in  good  health,  to 
build  up  the  dormant  or  semi-atrophied  tissues,  which  state  is 
due  to  years  of  misuse,  and  to  bring  about  a  normal  or  natural 
co-ordination  of  mind  and  muscle  which  is  so  necessary  in  perfect 
talking. 

4[  Then  comes  the  chart  work,  in  which  the  student  is 
drilled  in  the  correct  placing  of  the  speech  organs,  perfect  articu- 
lation, the  proper  focusing  of  the  voice  for  each  vowel  sound. 
Other  charts  are  then  brought  into  use,  with  exercises  for  the 
perfect  blending  or  continuity  of  the  voice  throughout  a  sentence; 
exercises  to  promote  mental  energy  and  motive  power;  and  still 
others  to  drill  the  pupil  in  the  initial  production  of  all  the  conso- 
nant and  sub -vocal  sounds. 

CLProbably  one  of  the  most  interesting  features  of  the  exercises, 
however,  would  be  the  platform  practice,  in  which  each  student 
has  a  chance  to  get  up  and  see  what  advancement  he  or  she  has 
made,  and  as  the  speech  of  the  pupil  is  always  natural  under  our 
method,  a  true  and  accurate  record  can  be  kept  from  day  to  day. 
H  The  class  exercises  are  usually  brought  to  a  close  by  a  scientific 
lecture  in  which  the  true  light  is  turned  upon  the  subject  at  hand 
and  the  student  is  made  to  see  how  really  absured  it  is  to  stammer 
by  explaining  and  demonstrating  why  he  did  so  in  the  past  by 
misuse  of  the  speech  organs  and  misdirected  effort,  and  how  it 
will  be  an  easy  matter  to  speak  correctly  and  fluently  in  the 
future. 

H  By  this  time  I  am  sure  the  critical  observer  will  be  thor- 
oughly convinced  and  satisfied  that  the  stammerer  has  found  a 
safe  harbor  and  haven  of  refuge  in  which  to  unload  his  heavy 
burden,  and  can  leave  our  school  in  due  time,  rejoicing  oyer  the 
perfect  speech  acquired  and  with  the  knowledge  that  he  is  upon 
a  level  with  people  who  have  never  stammered,  and  perhaps 
superior  to  them  in  many  other  ways. 


54 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


THE 


CHAPTER  III 

ADVANCED    NATURAL    METHOD    VERSUS    HAND-SWING, 
TIME-BEAT  OR  UNIT  METHOD 


//ELLO,  TO/%  //&*£  AGA/M  /  5EE .' 

wnr  voc//?e  tal/c/h&  r/Me;       j 

JUST  AS   WELL    AS  ANYONE.      \ 


1 


JT  HAVE    NO   O/FF/CULTY 

what  eve/?;  t//at'S  mat 
THE  NO/tTff-WESTEfiN  SCHOOL 

TEACHES,  A  NO    A    CORE _ 

MEANS   NATURAL   SPEECH. 


H  These  are  typical  illustrations  of  the  manner  in  which  gradu- 
ates talk  who  have  been  cured  under  our  Advanced  Natural 
Method,  as  compared  with  those  who  have  attended  stammering 
schools  using  the  time-beat,  hand-swing  or  unit  method. 
C  Remember  if  you  attend  a  school  which  employs  the  time- 
beat,  hand-swing  or  unit  method,  you  are  absolutely  sure  to 
return  home  discouraged  and  with  bitterness  of  heart,  your 
manner  of  speech  attracting  more  unfavorable  attention  than 
stammering. 

C  None  of  the  several  widely  advertised  stammering  schools 
that  guarantee  a  cure,  dare  stipulate  in  the  guarantee  which 
they  offer,  that  they  do  not  use  the  time-beat,  hand-swing, 
sing-song  or  unit  method. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


55 


C  Such  a  manner  of  speech  is  not  only  ridiculously  humiliating, 
but  absolutely  impossible  in  business  life  and  extremely  mortify- 
ing in  social  life.  The  "cure"  under  such  a  method  is  worse 
than  stammering  because  the  stammerer  is  likely  to  become  dis- 
couraged and  lose  faith  in  all  stammering  schools.  Those  who 
lose  heart  easily  are  therefore  likely  to  prolong  attending  The 
North- Western  School  for  Stammerers,  a  long  established  and 
absolutely  reliable  institution,  which  cures  by  the  Advanced 
Natural  Method. 

€1  We  cure  scores  of  ex-pupils  from  the  several  time-beat,  hand- 
swing  and  unit  method  schools  each  season,  who  regret  the  fact 
that  they  did  not  understand  the  vast  difference  in  the  methods 
of  cure,  until  they  had  paid  an  exhorbitant  tuition  at  a  "guarantee 
to  cure"  school.  Then,  after  attending  classes  and  learning  of  the 
unnatural  method  taught,  they  were  of  course,  disappointed 
but  it  was  then  too  late  to  do  anything  other  than  try  and  follow 
the  unnatural  method  and  make  the  best  of  it. 


WELL,  ALE*,    YOU/?e  //OAfE^  ^ 

4r  z/isr  4/?e  you? 

Gtl/E  ME    VOUK   M4ASO-   } 
H/WT'S   r//E  Af/tTTE/? ? ( 


rA-x-E-  /f-r  l-eet  //-mo.     > 

GOT  TO    6E4-T  T/ME  M/V-r// 1 
THE    P/GWT    OME    FOR 
r-ME  ME-X'T  S'/X  HUA/T//S. 


56  Stammering — Us  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  IV 
OUR'S  A  PROGRESSIVE  METHOD 

C  Surprising  as  it  may  be  to  some  that  a  method  for  the  cure 
of  stammering  can  be  so  constituted  that  something  new  can  be 
constantly  added  without  in  any  way  changing  from  the  first 
principle  upon  which  the  method  was  built,  yet  this  is  never- 
theless true  with  the  Advanced  Natural  Method  taught  here. 
While  our  method  as  it  is,  excels  others  to  a  very  broad  extent, 
hardly  a  season  passes  without  something  further  is  added  to  its 
efficiency.  To  keep  abreast  with  the  times,  a  school  must  do 
this  lest  in  future  years  it  be  counted  with  the  "has  beens." 
We  are  glad  to  say  that  our  Advanced  Method  of  training  is 
such  that  we  can  add  to  it  at  any  time,  whereas,  schools  with 
old-time  methods,  where  the  "swing"  or  time-beat  of  the  hand 
constitutes  the  main  part  of  the  treatment,  it  would  be  difficult 
to  alter  them  much. 


CHAPTER  V 


AVERAGE  LENGTH  OF  TIME  NECESSARY  TO  EFFECT 
A  CURE 

C  On  an  average,  students  have  remained  with  us  for  four  weeks. 
Some  pupils  enter  who  are  very  severe  stammerers  at  the  time, 
but  in  the  short  space  of  three  weeks'  time  are  entirely 
over  their  stammering.  Others,  again,  who  are  but  mod- 
erate cases  seemingly,  will  remain  seven  and  even  eight 
weeks  before  they  have  gained  perfect  control  over  their 
speech  organs.  Where  the  disposition  is  stubborn  and  un- 
impressionable, the  stammering  is  also  obstinate  and  slow  to 
yield,  and  hence  such  cases  require  a  little  longer  time  and  much 
personal  attention,  which  is  always  cheerfully  given  in  all  cases 
when  needed.  One  great  advantage  of  our  Advanced  Natural 
Method  is  that  the  pupil  can  tell  just  how  far  he  has  advanced 
each  day,  and  he  may  time  his  stay  accordingly.  No  pupil 
is  ever  urged  to  leave  before  he  or  she  desires;  we  give  our  best 
advice  as  to  how  long  the  pupil  should  stay,  and  after  that  it  is 
optional  with  the  pupil  himself.  Many  talk  well  after  being 
under  our  instruction  for  two  or  three  weeks,  but  stay  several 
weeks  longer  in  order  to  confirm  and  thoroughly  establish  the 
cure. 


5  7 


58 


JS    c 
■p    o 

II 

o    o 
c*  6 


3  £ 
u  2 

o  5 


1 


* 


59 


60 


61 


i~ 


63 


64 


PART  VI 

A  BRIEF  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  INSTRUCTION 
AND  TREATMENT 


CHAPTER  I 


WHY  YOU  SHOULD  ATTEND  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL  FOR 

STAMMERERS  IN  PREFERENCE  TO  OTHERS— ESPECIALLY 

IF  YOU  HAVE  PREVIOUSLY  FAILED  IN  YOUR  EFFORTS 

TO  BE  CURED  ELSEWHERE 


W 


HEN  the  stammerer  comes  to  this  institution  for  the 
scientific  correction  of  his  speech  defect,  he  is  more  or 
less  constitutionally  deranged  because  of  his  stammering. 

t[  Certain  muscles  have  been  brought  into  use  and  developed, 
while  other  sets  of  muscles  have  been  misused  and  undeveloped, 
and  right  here  is  the  chief  cause  of  stammering.  These  muscles 
which  are  undeveloped  in  the  stammerer  are  fully  developed  in, 
and  regularly  used  by,  people  who  talk  perfectly  and  never  stammer. 

4[  The  breathing  has  become  shallow  and  the  voice  tensioned 
and  strained.  The  diaphragm  has  become  rigid  and  the  inter- 
costal muscles  are  knotted  and  drawn — in  fact,  the  muscles  of 
the  whole  body  have  become  accustomed  to  an  abnormal  strain 
and  are  acting  in  direct  sympathy  with  the  muscles  of  the 
diaphragm,  chest,  throat,  tongue  and  face. 

<L  Facial  contortions,  the  bulging  out  of  the  tongue  in  some  cases, 
or  the  contraction  of  the  muscles  of  the  throat  and  chest  are  not 
uncommon  in  many  cases  of  stammering  and  stuttering. 

4[  In  order  to  intercept  and  remedy  this  condition  of  muscular 
contraction,  a  perfect  system  of  relaxation  and  rest  is  necessary. 
Hence,  relaxation  is  the  first  step  toward  the  cure. 


Ambition,  like  a  torrent,  should  never  look  back- 
65 


66  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  II 

PERSONAL  ATTENTION  GIVEN  EACH  STUDENT 

C  In  direct  order,  after  muscular  relaxation  through  bodily 
repose  has  been  accomplished,  the  value  of  deep  breathing  is  made 
known  to  the  student  through  our  scientific  course  of  breathing 
exercises. 

C  The  next  three  necessary  elements  of  speech  are  vocalization, 
continuity  of  voice  and  articulation.  The  student  is  taught  from 
what  position  of  the  throat  and  at  what  pitch  of  tone  the  voice 
should  be  started  in  order  to  bring  about  a  full,  round  tone  of 
voice.  The  correct  placing  of  the  speech  organs  for  light,  easy 
articulation  so  as  not  to  interfere  or  obstruct  the  continuity  of 
voice  while  forming  words,  is  a  technical  feature  of  the  cure  which 
is  soon  thoroughly  understood  by  the  student. 

d  The  personal  attention  given  each  student,  aside  from  the 
class  drills  and  exercises,  is  in  a  great  measure,  reponsible  for  the 
splendid  results  accomplished  by  this  institution. 

€[  The  relaxation  of  the  lower  jaw  and  the  correct  position  of  the 
tongue  during  articulation  is  another  feature  of  our  method 
which  is  of  vital  importance  in  most  cases.  Thus,  after  the  phy- 
sical and  technical  features  of  the  cure  have  been  taught  the 
student  and  the  difficulty  of  stammering  from  that  standpoint 
overcome,  the  psychological  part  of  the  cure  next  receives  at- 
tention. 

€L  Because  of  the  fact  that  any  stammerer  can  read  or  converse 
with  himself  fluently  when  alone,  it  is  quite  evident  that  the 
mental  or  emotional  disturbance  which  takes  place  when  in  the 
presence  of  others,  must  also  be  remedied  before  the  cure  is 
complete. 

d  The  mind  is  centered  in  the  topmost  portion  of  the  body  to 
govern  and  control  all  below  it.  If  it  does  not  do  so,  psychological 
training  is  necessary.  This  institution  was  the  first  to  compre- 
hend this  phase  of  the  cure  and  our  students  are  taught  that  mind 
is  more  powerful  than  matter,  and  once  the  mind  is  trained  to 
govern  the  organs  of  speech,  it  will  do  so  involuntarily  forever. 
C.  The  proper  mental  poise  and  positive  attitude  of  the  mind  are 
dwelt  upon  until  every  student  has  become  quite  familiar  with  the 
relation  of  mind  to  body  and  the  function  it  has  to  perform  in 
perfect  speech. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  67 


CHAPTER  III 

WE  DEVELOP  YOUR  NATURAL  POWERS 

d  Thoroughness  has  become  a  science  in  this  institution,  and 
the  smallest  detail  receives  due  consideration.  Aside  from  curing 
stammering  and  bringing  about  a  normal  and  natural  condition 
of  speech  before  the  student  leaves  our  institution,  it  fits  him  or 
her  for  leadership  in  many  other  walks  of  life. 

d  When  the  will  power  is  developed  to  a  high  degree  of  per- 
fection, it  becomes  an  invaluable  asset  to  its  owner  in  any  pro- 
fession or  business.  Our  method  not  only  does  this,  but  it  de- 
velops his  power  to  think — to  think  face  to  face  with  other  men. 
It  gives  readiness  of  utterance,  dignity  of  bearing  and  confidence 
of  poise,  and  makes  the  graduate  of  this  institution  a  more  active 
participant  in  the  affairs  of  life. 

CL  The  most  immediate  and  most  important  way  of  arousing  men 
to  common  ideals,  common  interests  and  to  co-operation  with 
each  other,  is  by  the  appeal  of  man  to  man,  by  the  presentation 
of  truths  through  word  of  mouth.  In  every  turn  of  life,  fluent 
speech  is  necessary  and  the  stammerer  who  continues  to  go  on, 
indifferent  to  his  impediment,  spurning  genuine  offers  of  cure, 
is  more  in  need  of  pity  than  censure. 

H  He  surely  has  not  awakened  to  the  fact  that  life  holds  out 
golden  opportunities  to  the  man  with  perfect  speech,  who  has 
good  habits  and  a  moral  knowledge  of  right  and  wrong  to  go 
with  it. 

CHAPTER  IV 
UNQUESTIONED  SUPREMACY 

C  For  a  number  of  years  past  actual  experience  has  proved 
beyond  a  doubt  that  the  North -Western  School  for  Stammerers 
is  the  recognized  leading  school  for  the  cure  of  stammering  in 
America.  There  is  an  old  axiom,  "A  straight  line  is  the  shortest 
distance  between  two  points,"  and  if  you  stammer  and  want  to 
reach  the  goal  of  perfect  speech  in  the  shortest  length  of  time, 
consequently  at  the  least  expense,  there  is  but  one  sure  pathway 
open — attend  this  institution. 


Let  your  slogan  be,  I  came,  I  saw,  I  conquered. 


68  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  V 

TWELVE  IMPORTANT  REASONS  FOR  SELECTING  THE  NORTH- 
WESTERN SCHOOL  FOR  STAMMERERS,  AND  WHY  IT  IS 
THE   BEST   SCHOOL   IN   THE   WORLD   FOR   THE 
CURE  OF  STAMMERING 

First — We  teach  the  original  Natural  Method  and  a  complete 
cure  can  be  perfected  before  you  leave  the  school — with  no  '  'meth- 
od" to  continue  or  follow  out  for  months  afterwards. 

Second — Our  institution  is  incorporated  under  the  State 
Laws  and  is  thoroughly  reliable — backed  by  nearly  twenty 
years  of  unprecedented  success  in  curing  stammering — and 
school  property  valued  at  over  $50,000.00. 

Third — Our  buildings  were  erected  exclusively  for  our  in- 
stitutional purposes,  thus  affording  every  facility  for  speech 
training,  under  our  Advanced  Natural  Method. 

Fourth — Our  method  is  void  of  all  sing-songing,  time- 
beating  with  the  arm  or  hand,  nodding  the  head,  heel  and  toe 
movement,  monotone  drawling,  sniffling,  and  of  substitutes 
and  subterfuges  of  all  kinds. 

Fifth — We  have  two  separate  school  dormitories  on  the  same 
grounds  with  the  main  building,  and  the  ladies'  dormitory  is 
under  the  direct  supervision  of  Mrs.  Lee  Wells  Millard. 

Sixth — To  obviate  any  personal  feelings  and  protect  all  re- 
ligious beliefs,  debates  and  arguments  of  a  religious  or  socialistic 
nature  are  barred  from  discussion  in  our  institution.  All  stu- 
dents are  urged  to  attend  their  various  churches  regularly  and 
thus  keep  up  the  high  moral  influence  this  school  has  established. 

Seventh — The  president  and  owner  of  the  school  was  a 
severe  stammerer  himself  for  many  years  and  now  teaches  the 
Natural  Scientific  Method  through  which  he  wrought  out  his 
own  cure.  All  the  instructors  here  have  been  cured  under  the 
same  method,  and  understand  their  business  thoroughly. 

Eighth — This  institution,  during  the  past  few  years,  has 
rapidly  forged  ahead  of  all  competitors,  and  today,  has  the  largest 
annual  attendance  of  any  stammering  school  in  the  world. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  69 


Ninth — This  is  the  only  school  for  stammerers  where  psy- 
chological features  are  embodied  in  the  course  of  training,  thus 
developing  will  power  and  mental  energy,  and  making  the  mental 
attitude  positive  and  determined  for  success. 

Tenth — Our  institution  is  located  in  the  most  beautiful  sec- 
tion of  Milwaukee  and  our  main  school  building  has  a  "fresh  air 
park"  on  all  sides,  embodying  a  health  feature  unsurpassed. 

Eleventh — Personal  attention  is  given  every  student  en- 
rolled, and  a  careful  record  of  the  results  obtained  of  each  in- 
dividual pupil,  enables  us  to  give  greater  assistance  to  those  most 
in  need  of  it. 

Twelfth — Our  pupils  are  taught  the  difference  between 
positiveness  and  negativeness  of  mind,  and  why  mental  energy 
is  more  essential  than  physical  effort  in  talking.  How  to  be  their 
own  mental  engineer.  How  to  concentrate  the  mind  so  as  to 
co-ordinate  properly  from  speech  center  to  speech  organs. 
From  what  position  of  the  throat  to  phonate  voice.  How  far 
apart  to  keep  the  teeth  when  talking.  What  positions  the 
tongue  should  assume,  both  while  talking  and  when  not  in  use. 
How  to  stop  forcing  the  articulation.  How  to  allow  yourself 
to  talk  instead  of  trying  to  talk.  How  to  be  self-confident  in- 
stead of  self-conscious.  How  to  keep  a  picture  of  perfect  speech 
before  the  mind;  to  make  the  mind  rule  the  body  properly;  and 
a  thousand  and  one  other  things  generally  overlooked  or  not 
taught  at  other  schools. 


SORRY  HE  DID  NOT  WRITE  SOONER 

Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

My  Dear  Sir: — It  has  been  now  nearly  three  months  since  my  son  Charles 
came  back  from  your  school.  We  are  all  well  pleased  with  the  results  he 
obtained  while  at  your  school.  When  he  reached  home  and  ever  since  he 
came  back,  he  has  had  no  trouble  whatever. 

I  am  sorry  that  I  did  not  write  you  sooner,  but  the  receipt  of  the  letter 
from  the  other  stammering  school,  on  the  other  side  of  this  sheet,  prompted 
me  to  write  you  without  further  delay.     I  am, 

Respectfully  yours, 

H.  A.  SMITH, 

Waverly,  Ohio. 


70  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  VI 

SOME  EXCLUSIVE  FEATURES  OF  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL 
FOR  STAMMERERS 

C  A  natural,  scientific  and  educational  method  of  cure  offered, 
whereby  the  student  is  enabled  to  talk  as  fluently  and  freely  as 
those  who  never  stammered,  by  the  time  he  is  ready  to  leave 
here. 

€1  The  cure  can  be  fully  completed  when  you  leave  our  school — 
with  nothing  to  add  on  and  no  "method"  to  continue  afterwards. 

C  Individual  attention  is  given  each  student  every  day  aside 
from  the  exercises. 

C  Personal  inspection  by  the  Instructor,  or  President,  of  the 
results  obtained  each  day,  is  given  in  order  to  make  sure  that 
each  and  every  pupil  fully  understands  the  method  of  cure. 

C  We  develop  the  natural  powers  of  the  student  and  bring  about 
a  positive  attitude  of  the  mind. 

C  Through  its  psychological  features,  our  method  gives  readi- 
ness of  utterance,  dignity  of  bearing  and  confidence  of  poise, 
and  makes  the  graduate  of  this  institution  a  more  active  partici- 
pant in  the  life  that  is  before  him  or  her. 

C  Speaking  of  our  school,  we  say  "home,"  because  we  look  upon 
our  institution  as  far  more  than  a  school  where  stammerers 
assemble  to  get  cured  of  their  various  speech  troubles. 

C  Our  two  large  school  buildings  make  possible  home  dormitories 
for  our  lady  and  gentlemen  students. 

C  Aside  from  the  fact  that  our  institution  is  located  in  the  most 
beautiful  section  of  Milwaukee,  our  main  school  building  has  a 
"fresh  air  park"  on  all  sides,  embodying  a  health  feature  un- 
surpassed. 

H  To  obviate  any  personal  feelings  and  protect  all  religious 
beliefs,  debates  and  arguments  of  a  religious  or  socialistic  nature, 
are  barred  from  discussion  in  our  institution. 

C  That  no  "swing,"  time-beat  or  external  movement  of  any  kind 
is  resorted  to  in  our  method  to  effect  the  cure,  is  a  feature  that 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  71 


cannot  afford  to  be  overlooked,  and  places  our  institution  in  a 
class  all  its  own. 

C  The  president  and  principal  of  this  school  was  a  severe  stam- 
merer himself  for  many  years  and  now  teaches  the  Natural, 
Scientific  Method  through  which  he  brought  about  his  own  cure. 
All  the  instructors  here  have  been  cured  under  the  same  method, 
and  understand  their  business  thoroughly. 

d  Our  pupils  are  met  at  the  depot  by  our  school  automobile, 
or  given  free  carriage  ride  tickets  from  the  depot  to  the  institu- 
tion, thus  alleviating  any  anxiety  of  parents  and  relieving  the 
student  of  any  inconvenience  in  finding  the  school. 


STAMMERING  A  THING  OF  THE  PAST 

Edmonton,  Saskatchewan,  Canada,  July  24th,  1$19. 
Dear  Mr.  Millard: — 

Just  a  few  lines  to  let  you  know  how  I  am  getting  along  since  I  left  Milwau- 
kee. I  enlisted  in  the  Canadian  Army  and  passed  all  tests  O.  K.,  and  I  went 
from  Vancouver,  B.  C,  to  Vladivostok,  Russia,  and  had  some  experience, 
I  did  not  care  for  anyone  or  anything,  because  I  have  free  speech.  My  stam- 
mering was  my  greatest  draw-back  and  worry  of  my  life.  Since  taking  a 
course  at  your  school,  it  is  entirely  a  thing  of  the  past  and  I  now  feel  free  to 
say  what  I  please. 

The  army  doctor,  who  examined  me,  was  surprised  at  my  well  developed 
chest  and  general  health.  I  told  him  all  these  were  the  result  of  my  attendance 
at  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers  in  Milwaukee,  where  I  had  re- 
ceived perfect  speech,  and  that  the  development  of  a  perfect  physique  was 
included  with  the  course  they  gave.  If  I  had  tried  for  the  army  or  navy 
before  attending  the  North- Western  School,  I  would  have  had  absolutely  no 
chance  in  passing  examination,  on  account  of  my  speech  and  poor  health. 

The  doctor  that  I  mentioned,  was  very  much  interested  in  your  school, 
because  he  has  a  little  boy  who  stammers.  He  has  your  name  and  address 
and  has  probably  written  to  you  before  this.  He  said  I  was  a  good  advertise- 
ment for  the  school.  My  friends  and  relatives  were  all  delighted  with  my 
perfect  speech,  and  I  defy  my  speech  organs  to  do  otherwise  than  talk  per- 
fectly. Before  I  left  your  school,  I  knew  I  would  make  good.  There  is  no 
need  of  anyone  falling  down  under  your  method,  after  they  leave  your  school. 
I  have  a  whole  lot  more  that  I  would  like  to  tell  you,  about  how  I  push  into  all 
the  hard  places,  or  in  other  words,  where  it  would  seem  difficult  for  some  people 
to  talk  and  there  is  nothing  to  it,  as  it  is  as  easy  to  talk  in  one  place  as  in 
another. 

With  kindest  regards,  I  am,  Very  truly  yours, 

THOS.  A.  JAGOE. 


72  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  VII 

LARGEST  AND  MOST  POPULAR  SCHOOL 

C  A  cured  pupil  is  the  best  form  of  advertising.  I  have  brought 
the  work  of  this  institution  prominently  before  people  in  different 
sections  of  the  country  by  the  many  cured  students  sent  out  each 
year.  In  this  manner  our  school  has  become  widely  known, 
cured  students  recommending  our  school  to  others,  until  today 
we  have  the  largest  attendance  in  the  world,  and  more  stammerers 
are  cured  here  each  season  than  in  all  other  schools  combined. 
This  fact  is  verified  by  numerous  ex-pupils  of  other  schools  who 
enroll  here,  bringing  lists  of  their  classmates  who  failed,  because 
of  unnatural  or  non-sensical  and  ineffective  methods  used. 

CHAPTER  VIII 
LOOK  BEFORE  YOU  LEAP 

([  Hardly  a  day  passes  without  some  of  my  students  saying  to 
me:  "If  I  had  only  attended  your  school  before  going  to  the 
B Institute  in  Indianapolis  where  that  embarrassing,  un- 
natural hand-swing  method  is  taught,  I  would  have  saved  a  great 
deal  of  time  and  money."     Others  say:     "You  know  I  attended 

the  L School  of  Detroit,  but  I  didn't  get  much  good  out  of 

it  because  I  did  not  have  the  nerve  to  keep  up  the  method  taught; 
it  was  worse  than  stammering."  A  short  time  ago  I  received  a 
letter  from  a  young  man  in  North  Carolina.  He  says:  "A 
young  man  in  this  town  and  myself  were  coming  to  your  school 
last  winter,  but  Mr.  H of  Chicago  induced  us  to  try  his  in- 
stitute, but  neither  of  us  received  a  cure  and  the  'word'  method 
proved  to  be  a  farce.  We  are  both  coming  to  your  school  soon. 
I  am  sorry  we  were  'side-tracked'  at  that  institute  in  Chicago 
last  year.     We  both  found  out  later  that  yours  is  the  best  school. ' ' 


Enjoyed  Stay  While  Being  Cured 

Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard,  Horicon,  Wis.,  Dec.  21st,  1910. 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

My  Dear  Sir: — I  have  been  greatly  benefited  by  going  to  the  North- Western 
School  for  Stammerers  for  the  cure  of  my  speech  impediment,  and  think  that 
persons  afflicted  with  stammering  could  go  to  no  better  institution.  I  en- 
joyed my  stay  at  the  school  very  much  and  met  a  fine  class  of  students  while 
in  attendance  there.  I  will  certainly  call  upon  you  whenever  I  come  to  your 
city.  Thanking  you  for  the  interest  taken  in  me  while  there,  and  wishing  you 
much  future  success,  I  am,  Yours  very  sincerely, 

DELMAR  L.  DIETZ. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  73 

CHAPTER  IX 
DON'T  MAKE  A  MISTAKE 

CL  People  will  make  mistakes,  but  the  stammerer  can  ill  afford  to 
make  them.  His  money  comes  hard  and  it  is  often  difficult  to 
hold  a  job  while  a  stammerer.  Every  student  at  the  North- 
western School  knows  that  our  institution  is  the  best  after  he 
comes.  Failures  and  ex-pupils  of  other  schools  will  give  him  this 
information  immediately.  We  like  to  feel  that  our  pupils  are 
delighted  with  everything  in  connection  with  our  school.  The 
personal  effort  of  the  president  of  the  institution  to  make  every 
enrolled  pupil  a  success,  has  its  reward.  This  school  has  not 
grown  to  be  the  largest  and  most  successful  in  the  world  by  chance 
or  luck;  by  being  constantly  "on  the  job"  and  taking  a  personal 
interest  in  each  case  has  been  the  touch-stone  to  success.  We 
have  ever  felt  that  our  future  lies  in  our  cured  students  and  bend 
every  effort  in  that  direction. 


CHAPTER  X 
ENROLL  NOW 

€L  This  is  advice  worthy  of  your  attention.  Act  upon  it  and  you 
open  the  door  to  innumerable  opportunities  that  are  closed  to  the 
stammerer.  You  have  been  putting  it  off  for  a  long  time,  but 
what  has  it  profited  you?  It  has  only  added  to  your  chagrin, 
multiplied  your  embarrassment  and  kept  the  door  closed  to  your 
possibilities.  Enroll  now — and  your  success  is  assured;  wait — 
and  you  are  a  self-made  failure. 


Recommendation  from  a  Noted  Educator 

OFFICE  OF  CONCORDIA  COLLEGE 

M.  J.  F.  Albrecht,  President 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

To  Whom  It  May  Concern: — Having  had  the  pleasure  of  meeting  Mr.  L. 

W.  Millard,  president  of  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers,  Inc.,  and 

seeing  the  results  accomplished  by  his  method  of  curing  stammerers  who  were 

personally  known  to  me,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  recommend  his  school  to  anyone 

hampered  in  fluency  of  speech  by  the  ugly,  embarrassing  encumbrance  of 

stammering. 

In  a  very  short  time  the  impediment  is  overcome  under  the  guidance  of 
Mr.  Millard.  I  was  furthermore  impressed  with  the  good  order  and  conscien- 
tious control  of  this  school,  a  circumstance  which  allays  the  uneasiness  of  par- 
ents sending  a  child  to  a  large  city.  I  wish  Mr.  Millard  and  his  school  great 
success.  Very  truly, 

M.  J.  ALBRECHT. 


PART  VII 

THE  STAMMERER'S  FUTURE  SUCCESS 
OR  FAILURE 


CHAPTER  I 

THE  WORLD  MAKES  WAY  FOR  A  DETERMINED  MAN 

41  The  world  is  not  slow  to  acknowledge  superiority  and  efficiency 
in  any  line  of  effort.  If  you  are  sincere  and  honest,  if  you  are 
scientific  and  a  champion  of  your  class,  your  deeds  and  good  works 
will  proclaim  you.  A  true  note  of  genuineness  will  ring  clear 
throughout  the  universe  no  matter  where  struck.  Ambition, 
whose  motto  is:  "Honesty — and  a  square  deal  to  all,"  and  whose 
aim  is  for  the  betterment  of  humanity,  cannot  recognize  an  inter- 
mediate goal.  The  man  who  stops  to  congratulate  himself 
upon  third  base  seldom  makes  a  home  run.  Our  Advanced 
Natural  Method  cures  stammering  better,  quicker  and  more 
completely  than  any  other  method  or  treatment  known  to  the 
world.  Its  founder  is  backed  by  originality,  independence  and 
an  indomitable  will — a  fitness  to  understand  and  successfully 
grapple  with  the  problems  to  which  he  sets  himself.  Curing 
himself  of  stammering  by  the  method  with  which  he  cures  others 
and  thus  assuring  himself  absolutely  of  being  upon  the  right 
track,  he  has  never  allowed  a  discordant  feeling  of  fear  or  failure 
to  enter  his  mind. 

C  Place  yourself  under  our  guidance  for  natural  fluency  of  speech. 
The  best  is  none  too  good  for  you.  Run  no  chances  of  failure 
elsewhere.  We  cure  you  to  talk  as  naturally  and  perfectly  as 
any  member  of  your  family  before  you  graduate  from  here. 

€[  Don't  allow  another  day  to  pass  without  writing  to  me, 
mentioning  the  date  you  expect  to  enroll. 


//  you  want  a  thing — want  it  real  hard — and  you  will  get  it. 

74 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  75 


CHAPTER  II 
DESIRE 

C  Desire  is  one  of  life's  greatest  forces.  Great  personalities 
always  have  strong  desires.  Nero's  passions  were  to  destroy; 
John  Wesley's  desires  were  to  construct. 

C  Perhaps  you  cannot  prevent  destructive  desires,  but  you  can 
refuse  to  obey  the  impulse  that  would  make  others  unhappy. 
When  good  desires  arise,  encourage  them  and  they  will  become 
masterful  and  lead  to  success. 

€L  Abraham  Lincoln  had  a  great  desire  for  learning  when  a  boy. 
The  encouragement,  application  and  realization  of  the  fruits  of 
that  desire  made  him  President. 

C  The  pupil  must  keep  the  desire  for  perfect  speech  ahead  of 
all  other  things.  Let  everything  else  be  subservient  to  that  wish 
and  desire. 

€L  Desire,  backed  by  control,  is  the  force  that  accomplishes  all 
things  worth  while.  Lack  of  desire,  because  of  fear,  causes 
hesitation  and  stammering. 

C  Desire  is  the  father  of  action,  and  action  is  the  result  of  desire, 
controlled  by  conscience.  Therefore,  remember  there  must  be 
full  fledged  desire  for  speech,  before  the  impulse,  from  speech 
center  to  speech  organs,  ripens  into  action  and  realization. 
Hence,  your  two  best  friends  to  a  cure,  are  desire  and  conscience. 
Since  you  cannot  escape  them,  you  had  better  make  them  your 
friends. 

C  Your  desire  for  perfect  speech  should  be  sufficiently  great  to 
burn  a  path  to  that  goal. 

BE  AN  OPTIMIST 

C  Fear  and  failure  go  hand  in  hand  and  the  doubters,  like  dead 
fish,  go  down  stream.  Optimism  and  confidence  are  keys  that 
unlock  the  door  to  success.  Faith  in  himself  and  in  others  is 
what  the  stammerer  lacks  most.  He  is  apt  to  be  a  doubter 
mostly  because  he  doubts  himself.  He  must  feel  that  he  can 
make  good  and  then  he  will  believe  that  others  can.  "Success 
comes  in  cans,  failure  in  can'ts." 


76  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  III 
WILL  POWER 

C  Of  God's  created  beings,  man  is  the  only  one  possessed  of  the 
ability  of  constructive  thought.  After  an  idea  is  thought  out, 
the  desire  is  then  toward  its  realization.  Right  here  is  where 
will  power  plays  an  important  part  in  the  connecting  links  of  the 
successful  termination  of  the  idea. 

€[  With  the  stammerer,  perfect  speech  is  the  goal  of  victory 
that  he  or  she  desires  to  reach.  The  broken  link  of  will  power 
must  be  welded  together  firmly  by  proper  exercise  and  con- 
structive thought. 


IDEA  ©DESIRE 


C  Visualizing  and  concentrating  the  mind  on  a  picture  of  that 
which  you  wish  to  gain,  is  also  necessary. 

ft  Each  little  victory  that  you  gain,  strengthens  the  will  power. 
As  illustrated  above,  the  link  of  will  power  should  join  mental 
desire  with  speech  or  physical  action,  but  the  co-ordination 
which  controls  the  process  of  articulate  speech  is  disrupted. 
Hence,  the  lack  of  harmony,  thereby  occasioned,  results  in 
stammering. 

d  The  mental  energy  of  the  will,  therefore,  must  be  developed 
to  such  a  positive  state  of  perfection,  that  it  will  not  fail  to 
generate  to  action  the  required  stimulus  of  mind  and  body 
necessary  to  the  proper  co-ordination  and  harmony  of  the  func- 
tioning concerned  in  the  easy  production  of  fluent  speech. 

H  Our  institution  develops  the  student's  will  power  and  a  posi- 
tive mental  attitude  is  brought  about  within  a  very  short  time 
after  the  pupil  enrolls.  No  stammering  school  in  America  can 
give  such  complete  and  permanent  cures  in  so  short  a  time  as 
this  institution. 


Don't  develop  a  wish-bone  where  a  back-bone  ought  to  be. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  77 


CHAPTER  IV 
PERSONALITY 

€[  Personality  attracts  success  and  wins  when  everything  else 
fails.  How  often  have  you  heard  the  remark :  "She  is  not  good 
looking,  but  her  personality  makes  you  forget  that."  No  other 
human  quality  has  so  influenced  the  careers  of  great  men  and 
women  as  personality. 

C.  Stammering  is  the  greatest  destroyer  of  personality.  It 
stifles  this  magnetic  quality  early  in  life  and  leaves  the  speech 
sufferer  with  a  haunted  expression,  entirely  void  of  this  redeem- 
ing attribute. 

C[  Under  our  natural  method  of  speech  training,  you  can  develop 
personality.  Think  to  yourself,  "How  would  I  talk  if  I  had  never 
stammered,"  and  then  try  to  be  your  real  self — the  person  you 
must  be  in  order  to  feel  and  act  natural.  The  highest  paid 
actors  are  those  who  retain  their  naturalness  and  personality 
before  others. 

C  The  presence  of  other  people  will  often  throw  the  pupil  off 
his  guard  and  upset  his  poise  and  equilibrium  to  the  extent  that 
he  will  resort  to  physical  effort  and  undue  force  to  bring  his 
words  out.  Personality  vanishes  and  his  face  becomes  hard  and 
strained  and  his  eyes  stare  negatively.  He  is  fighting  within 
himself  the  old  fight  of  desperation,  using  physical  effort  and  bull- 
dog reason,  instead  of  stopping  instantly  and  taking  in  a  good, 
deep  breath  from  the  diaphragm,  vocalizing  easily,  articulating 
lightly — keeping  the  voice  flowing — and  concentrating  positively 
and  earnestly  on  whatever  he  wishes  to  say. 

C[  Don't  feel  inferior  to  others.  You  very  likely  possess  good 
qualities  they  lack.  Don't  hold  yourself  cheaply  in  your  own 
estimation.  Be  true  to  yourself  and  you  will  develop  personality, 
the  great  recipe  for  success. 

C  Our  students  begin  to  develop  personality  at  once,  because  it 
is  part  of  the  training  here  and  by  the  time  the  course  is  finished, 
the  pupil  is  entirely  free  from  self- consciousness  and  confidence 
and  personality  are  two  of  the  outstanding  features  of  the  cure. 


Don't  dodge  difficulties,  meet  them,  greet  them,  beat  them. 


78  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  V 
PERSONAL  SUCCESS 

d  The  good  things  of  life  do  not  come  without  effort.  We  are 
only  able  to  appreciate  them  when  they  represent  a  reward  for 
hard  work.  If  success  were  not  hard  to  attain,  it  would  not  be 
worthy  of  its  name.  When  weeks  of  striving  enable  you  to 
taste  the  fruits  of  victory,  the  experience  is  keenly  appreciated 
and  the  personal  success  thus  attained,  is  an  acquisition  worth 
while. 

CL  To  attain  perfect  speech,  you  must  fight  for  it.  A  certain 
amount  of  the  fighting  spirit  is  always  necessary  to  attain  suc- 
cess. But  in  the  case  of  the  stammerer,  where  the  almost 
lifetime  habit  has  become  deep-seated  and  confirmed,  it  often 
means  a  real  mental  battle  with  one's  self  for  days,  until  the  old 
habit  of  hesitating,  forcing  the  words,  using  tension  and  physical 
effort  and  diaphragmatic  compression  has  been  broken  and  ease 
and  fluency  of  speech  has  become  second  nature  and  automatic. 

C  Remember  your  instructor  cannot  breathe,  relax  or  vocalize 
for  you.  Neither  can  he  articulate  lightly  for  your  benefit. 
You  must  do  all  these  things,  and  more.  You  must  concen- 
trate and  visualize  and  develop  a  positive  mental  attitude,  if 
you  would  gain  freedom  of  speech. 

C.  You  must  be  keenly  awake  to  the  necessary  qualifications  for 
a  cure.  Then  when  you  understand  what  to  do,  fight  the  habit 
and  thought  of  stammering  with  the  utmost  determination  and 
courage.  When  you  once  start,  never  allow  yourself  to  feel  a 
cowardly  impulse,  or  to  entertain  a  thought  of  failure.  At  the 
end  of  each  day  don't  let  it  be  said:  "Honors  are  about  even," 
but  pile  up  a  margin  of  gains  over  your  opponent,  stammering, 
until  it  can  be  said:  "He  wins  the  day  by  a  wide  margin," 
until  you  finally  administer  the  "knock-out." 

C  Many  of  our  graduates  invarably  write  us  that  our  institution 
was  the  starting  point  of  their  success. 


DonH  make  excuses,  make  good. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  79 


CHAPTER  VI 
POISE 

H  Fortune  smiles  on  those  who  are  possessed  of  poise.  Poise  is 
a  certain  feeling  of  confidence  arising  from  within,  born  of  cour- 
age, fearlessness  and  truth.  It  develops  from  the  belief  in  one's 
ability  to  cope  and  make  good  with  conditions  as  they  arise. 

d  Any  emotional  disturbance,  due  to  thoughts  of  uncertainty, 
will  upset  the  natural  equilibrium  or  poise  of  mind.  The  logical 
thing  to  do  then  is  to  practice  calmness  and  mental  ease.  Never 
feel  hurried,  and  avoid  excitement  and  argument  as  much  as 
possible. 

4[  The  "great  within"  which  is  ruled  by  our  conscience,  is  the 
guide-post  that  tells  us  of  right  or  wrong,  and  whether  we  are 
doing  our  full  duty,  or  neglecting  it.  Neglect  duty  and  con- 
science holds  you  to  account  for  it,  but  duty  done  is  the  soul's 
fireside.  Always  do  your  best  and  be  true  to  yourself  and  you 
will- gain  in  mental  poise  and  confidence. 

C  The  brilliant,  silver-tongued  orator,  faces  his  audience  with 
complete  confidence  and  perfect  poise,  because  he  feels  within 
himself  a  power  and  a  knowledge  that  courage  and  self-assurance 
gives  him.  In  direct  contrast,  the  stammerer  is  full  of  fear  and 
doubt,  lest  he  stumble  in  speech,  which  disturbing  thought  de- 
stroys poise — and  speech  difficulty  is  the  natural  result. 

d  Anything  that  upsets  the  natural  poise  of  mind  and  body, 
sufficient  to  cause  embarrassment,  perplexity  or  distress,  in- 
hibits the  action  of  the  diaphragm,  through  the  sympathetic 
nerve,  and  reacts  directly  upon  breath  control. 

d  Continuously  develop  the  positive,  or  success  quality  attitude 
of  mind,  if  you  would  gain  in  poise  and  power.  Positiveness  en- 
hances self-assurance,  a  great  factor  in  a  cure  for  stammering, 
and  a  controlled,  well-balanced  mind. 

d,  Naturalness  is  poise.  Picture  to  yourself  how  you  would  talk 
and  act,  if  you  had  never  stammered.  Then  act  natural  and 
try  to  be  your  real  self — just  as  though  you  had  never  lost  per- 
sonality and  natural  poise  through  stammering. 

C.  Nothing  is  overlooked  at  this  institution  in  the  development 
of  success  qualities  for  the  students  and  the  very  best  within  the 
pupil  is  brought  out  by  our  course  of  speech  training. 


80  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  VII 
POWER 

C  Everyone  has  some  degree  of  power,  otherwise  he  could  not 
exist;  but  to  what  degree  is  that  power  susceptible  of  develop- 
ment? 

C  Those  who  succeed  and  gain  in  power,  work  either  con- 
sciously or  unconsciously  in  harmony  with  natural  law.  Those 
who  fail  to  gain  in  power,  violate  natural  laws  of  success  and  pay 
the  penalty  in  failure. 

<t  Successful  men  reflect  natural  laws  of  carefulness,  thrift,  tact 
and  organization,  and  increase  in  power  as  time  goes  on. 
Specialists  devote  their  lives  to  the  study  of  human  nature, 
and  the  accurate  classification  of  individuals  from  the  viewpoint 
of  types  and  temperaments,  mental  and  physical.  Thus  they 
acquire  a  power  of  science  and  knowledge  that  few  others  possess. 

€[  When  a  habit  is  once  formed,  the  plasticity  of  nerve  substance 
is  sufficient  to  hold  it  more  or  less  firmly.  Persistent  power  of 
will  is  then  necessary  to  reduce  the  action  of  habit  to  the  point 
where  you  can  supplant  it  by  something  better. 

C  The  man  who  stammers,  lacks  power.  He  knows  it — and 
feels  it  instinctively.  Opportunity  presents  itself,  but  he  stands 
mute  and  hesitating,  void  of  the  power  he  must  sooner  or  later 
possess,  if  he  would  succeed  in  this  twentieth  century  struggle 
for  existence. 

H  The  possession  of  power  enables  you  to  accomplish  whatever 
you  will.  Lack  of  power,  or  the  inability  to  put  it  into  action, 
means  eventual  extermination.  Power  is  for  life  and  advance- 
ment. It  always  has  been  and  always  will  be.  Relaxation  and 
repose  will  give  you  power.  Slow  thinking  and  slow  speaking 
will  enable  you  to  use  that  power  in  the  cure  for  stammering. 
d  David,  slew  Goliath,  because  he  was  possessed  of  the  mental 
quality  of  thought  and  scientific  power,  unknown  to  the  giant. 
The  negative  mental  state,  stammering,  threatens  you  as  the  giant 
did  David,  but  if  you  employ  courage,  ambition,  sincerity  and 
self-confidence  as  your  weapons,  you  can  grapple  scientifically 
and  the  eradication  of  stammering  is  inevitable. 
€L  Power  being  one  of  the  great  essentials  that  make  up  the  cure, 
it  is  developed  to  a  high  degree  within  our  students  before  they 
leave  the  school  and  they  go  forth  into  the  world  with  a  power 
to  cope  with  any  situation. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  81 

CHAPTER  VIII 

KNOW  THYSELF 
C  Socrates   gave  that  injunction  a  long   time   ago,   which  if 
followed,  would  mean  more  personal  success.     People  usually 
analyze  themselves  in  a  critical  sense,  however,  which  instead  of 
building  power,  has  a  tendency  to  make  them  self-conscious. 
C  Psychology  tells  us  that  man  is  both  objective  and  subjective. 
That  he  is  both  concrete  and  abstract.     The  objective  or  con- 
crete part  of  man  is  his  physical  body;  the  subjective  or  abstract 
part  is  his  mind.     The  body  is  a  tangible  thing.     We  can  sensate 
it  by  touch  and  otherwise  subject  it  to  the  physical  senses.     The 
mind  is  an  intangible  thing,  but  none  the  less  real. 
d  To  be  analytical,  you  must  know  the  physiological,  as  well  as 
the  psychological.     You  must  understand  the  laws  governing 
the  latent  power  of  the  physical  man  and  the  psychic  laws  of 
the  mental  man. 

i[  Time  is  often  spent  to  keep  right  physically,  but  too  little 
time  is  spent  to  increase  the  mental  forces.  The  mind  can  be 
divided  into  three  different  areas,  that  part  of  the  mind  with 
which  we  know,  the  part  with  which  we  feel,  and  the  part  with 
which  we  will.  The  kn°w  area  of  mind  controls  thought, 
imagination  and  memory.  The  feeling  area  of  mind  controls 
justice,  honesty,  loyalty,  earnestness,  faith  and  enthusiasm. 
The  will  area  of  mind  controls  decision  and  action.  A  cure  for 
stammering  depends  then  upon  how  you  feel  physically,  upon 
what  you  know  — or  have  learned  here — and  upon  the  action 
of  the  will  to  execute  or  carry  out  desire. 

€L  Knowledge  alone,  is  but  stored  power.  It  only  becomes 
dynamic  when  it  is  applied.  The  test  of  the  student  is  not  in 
what  he  knows,  but  what  he  accomplishes.  Remember  that  life 
is  governed  by  law — not  luck.  If  you  want  heat  you  do  not  go 
out  searching  for  it,  you  build  a  fire  and  heat  comes  as  a  natural 
consequence.  If  you  want  a  cure — the  enjoyable  warmth  of 
perfect  speech — you  must  build  the  fire  of  attention,  desire  and 
action  and  normal,  fluent  speech  will  be  yours,  as  a  natural 
consequence. 

€[  The  relationship  of  mind  to  body  and  its  science  of  control  is 
taught  our  students  from  the  beginning  of  the  course,  which 
accounts  for  the  rapid  headway  of  our  pupils  toward  perfect 
speech  and  the  development  of  a  positive  mental  attitude 
within  a  remarkably  short  space  of  time. 


82  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  IX 
IGNORANCE 

C  Stammering  feeds  on  ignorance — the  lack  of  knowledge  or  the 
proper  requisite  or  requirement  necessary  to  counteract  it.  The 
stammerer  must  know  what  to  do — and  then  do  it.  Affirm  the 
knowledge  or  power  gained — don't  deny  it. 

C  Work  for  an  active  knowledge  of  how  to  relax — and  stay  re- 
laxed. Correct  breathing,  easy  vocalization,  light  articulation 
concentration  and  visualization  must  also  be  mastered,  in  order 
to  be  free  from  stammering. 

d  Goethe,  the  German  thinker,  said:  "Nothing  is  more  terrible 
than  active  ignorance."  Active  ignorance  devours  the  future, 
since  it  prevents  accomplishment  in  the  present. 

€L  A  man  weighing  less  than  two  hundred  pounds  can  capture, 
kill  and  bring  to  land  a  whale  weighing  many  tons,  because 
the  man  knows  more,  thus  proving  that  knowledge  is  power, 
hulk  and  weight  notwithstanding  are  considered  of  lesser  im- 
portance. 

C  Ignorance  in  a  common  sense,  means  disease,  death  and  dark- 
ness of  mind;  a  condition  that  cannot  be  escaped  except  through 
libraries,  schools  and  other  institutions  of  learning.  To  the 
stammerer  it  means  that  he  must  suffer  embarrassment,  humili- 
ation and  the  fear  of  failure  at  every  turn,  both  socially  and  in  a 
business  way,  until  redeemed  by  following  the  course  of  speech 
training,  as  set  forth  by  this  school. 

€[  Passive  ignorance,  appertaining  to  pupils  enrolled  at  this  school 
might  be  explained  as  follows:  The  pupil's  mind  having  reached 
a  susceptible  state,  it  would  be  an  easy  matter  for  an  ex-pupil  of 
another  school  here  for  treatment,  to  define  our  Advanced 
Natural  Method  of  cure  incorrectly  to  the  pupil,  and  thus  get 
him  confused  and  started  in  the  wrong  direction. 
C  Full  and  complete  knowledge  of  our  Advanced  Natural 
Method  should  be  obtained  from  the  president  of  the  school, 
who  is  the  originator  of  the  method,  or  from  the  instructor  in 
charge  of  the  class.  Our  instructors,  who  assist  with  the  be- 
ginners' class,  must  have  a  complete  working  knowledge  of  our 
Advanced  Natural  Method,  then  ignorance  will  give  way  to 
knowledge  and  the  pupil  will  notice  the  progress  of  speech- 
freedom  more  and  more  each  successive  day. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  83 

CHAPTER  X 
FAITH  AND  LOYALTY 

€L  Faith  is  that  mental  quality  which  welds  the  present  to  the 
future  and  enables  the  mind  to  picture  and  hold  coming  events 
as  realities.  It  is  a  firm  conviction  of  the  truth.  Faith  is  a 
belief  in  what  another  affirms  to  be  true. 

C  History  tells  us  Thomas  Jefferson  had  an  unquestioning  and 
an  abiding  faith  in  the  people,  which  was  accepted  by  but  few 
of  his  compatriots.  Jefferson's  faith  made  him  a  popular  and 
beloved  president,  and  gave  him  an  enviable  position  in  the 
political  history  of  our  country.  Little  is  heard  of  his  compatriots 
who  lacked  faith. 

C.  The  student's  faith  in  the  method  is  of  psychological  import- 
ance to  a  rapid  cure.  If  he  lacks  faith,  he  labors  under  a  great 
handicap,  and  will  make  little  or  no  headway  to  a  cure.  He 
must  think  what  others  have  accomplished,  he  too,  can  do.  What 
is  possible  for  one  is  equally  possible  for  another,  if  he  goes 
about  his  duty  with  the  same  degree  of  faith  as  his  predecessors. 
C[  Faith  conquers  all  things,  both  great  and  small.  Asiatic 
philosophy  tells  us  "Faith  removes  mountains  and  crosses  rivers." 
Have  faith  in  yourself  and  like  Jefferson,  have  faith  in  others 
and  you  will  succeed. 

€L  Students  of  this  school  have  faith  in  our  Advanced  Natural 
Method  the  moment  they  come  here  and  each  day  that  faith  is 
made  greater  by  the  realization  of  victory. 
€[  Loyalty  is  that  quality  which  prompts  a  person  to  be  true  to 
the  thing  he  undertakes.  It  means  a  fixed  purpose  and  stead- 
fastness that  cannot  be  swerved. 

€L  Success  in  anything  hinges  on  loyalty  to  purpose.  Be  true 
to  this  method  and  perfect  speech  will  follow  as  a  natural  con- 
sequence. 

€L  By  being  loyal  to  our  Advanced  Natural  Method,  you  will 
be  loyal  to  yourself.  The  loyal  man  is  never  perplexed  with 
doubt;  he  does  the  thing  at  hand — and  does  it  well.  Don't  think 
of  any  other  method,  be  loyal  to  this  one  and  you  cannot  fail. 
C  Loyalty  being  the  touch-stone  to  faith  and  success,  our 
students  are  rewarded  for  their  zeal  by  receiving  a  cure  at  this 
institution  that  enables  them  to  go  home,  talking  as  though  they 
had  never  stammered,  and  no  "method"  or  exercises  to  continue 
afterwards. 


84  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  XI 
YOUR  CONSCIENCE  IS  YOUR  GUIDE 
H  The  most  marvelous  thing  in  a  human  being  is  his  conscience. 
It  is  infinitely  more  important  than  anything  else. 
i[  A  wild  beast  attacks  another,  kills  it,  eats  it,  and  goes  on  un- 
disturbed. From  the  beginning,  it  has  not  been  so  with  man. 
Cain  killed  Abel,  his  brother,  and  for  him  there  was  no  more  rest. 
In  his  conscience,  he  felt  the  wrath  of  God  following  him  as  he 
fled.  Was  it  his  conscience  that  said  to  him:  "What  hast  thou 
done?  The  voice  of  thy  brother's  blood  crieth  unto  me  from  the 
ground.  And  now  thou  art  cursed  from*  the  earth,  which  has 
opened  her  mouth  to  receive  thy  brother's  blood  from  thy  hand. 
When  thou  tillest  the  soil,  it  shall  not  henceforth  yield  unto 
thee  her  strength,  a  fugitive  and  a  vagabond  shalt  thou  be  on 
the  earth?"  As  Cain  fled,  so  flees  the  criminal  of  today.  It  is 
his  conscience  that  will  help  most  in  his  capture,  for  the  con- 
science does  not  become  criminal  with  the  mind  in  which  it 
dwells.  His  conscience  will  so  bother  him,  that  should  a  de- 
tective walk  up  quietly  behind  him  and  pronounce  his  real  name, 
he  would  quickly  turn  and  reveal  his  identity. 
C  The  power  of  conscience,  from  the  beginning  of  human  life 
on  this  earth,  has  been  the  cornerstone  of  justice  and  progress. 
Conscience  is  critic,  rebuking  our  misdeeds.  It  is  a  supreme  and 
higher  force  that  controls,  rebukes  and  disciplines  the  mind, 
however,  and  he  who  listens  and  is  guided  by  the  voice  of  con- 
science will  succeed. 

d  The  pupil  of  this  school  feels  and  knows,  when  he  has  done  his 
full  duty  in  following  the  method  closely.  When  he  retires  for 
the  night,  conscience  will  have  its  reckoning. 
CL  Following  the  method,  when  in  private  conversation,  is  where 
strength  of  character  shows  up  most.  One  may  read  aloud  cor- 
rectly for  an  hour,  and  a  moment  later,  face  a  direct  question 
of  an  exciting  nature  and,  sad  to  say,  he  will  forget  and  often 
resort  to  his  old  habit  of  forcing  and  compressing  the  diaphragm 
and  tensioning  the  throat  muscles.  Compunction  of  conscience 
would  naturally  follow  such  a  procedure,  for  not  following  the 
method,  if  the  pupil  is  open  and  impressionable  to  the  instruc- 
tions and  has  his  heart  and  mind  set  on  the  cure.  Conscience  is 
the  judge  and  is  the  ever  watchful  eye  that  no  man  escapes.^  It 
is  a  force  that  follows,  watches,  criticizes,  condemns  and  praises 
our  every  act  and  deed. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  85 

CHAPTER  XII 
MENTAL  ENGINEERING 

€[  Be  your  own  mental  engineer  and  work  for  control  and  ease 
of  speech.  If  you  should  get  off  the  (voice)  track,  don't  force 
and  use  muscular  effort  in  your  attempt  to  get  back  again. 

H  An  intelligent  engineer  would  not  throw  open  the  throttle, 
if  something  were  wrong  with  the  track.  He  would  slow  down, 
investigate  the  cause,  and  go  easy  until  over  the  difficult  place. 

CL  Work  for  a  firm,  easy  voice  production.  A  firm  tone  of  voice, 
with  plenty  of  continuity  between  words,  will  sweep  all  before  it. 
A  small  stream  of  water  trickling  down  the  mountain  side,  meets 
with  many  obstructions.  Let  it  gather  more  force  and  it  sweeps 
all  before  it. 

€[  The  man  who  thinks  right,  eats  right,  breathes  right, 
and  exercises  right,  will  come  close  to  being  right,  mentally 
and  physically. 

€[  Plan  your  work,  then  work  your  plan,  is  a  motto  that  no 
student  can  afford  to  overlook.  Everything  of  importance  needs 
engineering  and  you  must  let  your  intelligence  pilot  you  to  per- 
fect speech. 

$[  Check  yourself  up  occasionally  on  what  you  are  accomplishing 
and  analyze  the  way  you  are  following  the  method.  Compare 
your  gains  with  your  former  manner  of  utterance.  It  will  be  a 
criterion  to  judge  by,  as  to  the  length  of  time  you  must  still 
remain  at  the  school,  in  order  to  gain  perfect  speech. 

€L  Build  power  and  energize  the  mind  by  positive,  constructive 
thoughts.  The  negative  mind  lacks  power  and  attracts  weakness, 
by  keying  itself  in  harmony  to  receive  the  negative  thoughts 
and  vibrations  of  other  minds,  ^equally  or  more  negative  than 
itself. 

C  Our  students  find  it  an  easy  matter  to  engineer  a  cure  under 
our  Advanced  Natural  Method,  because  perfect  speech  is  easily 
restored  when  backed  by  the  laws  of  natural  science. 


Opportunity  never  nibbles  twice  at  the  same  hook- 


86  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  XIII 

MENTAL  ATTITUDE 

€[  No  person  wishing  to  be  rid  of  stammering  can  afford  to  en- 
tertain negative  thoughts.  Failure,  discouragement,  lack  of 
faith,  unbelief  and  envy  must  be  driven  from  the  mind.  The 
assertive  initiative  of  "I  can  and  will,"  is  a  slogan  you  must  adopt 
if  you  are  to  succeed. 

C  Positiveness  is  always  a  beneficial  nerve  and  mind  tonic. 
Fear  and  timidity  act  as  a  handicap  or  brake  to  desire  and  action. 

4[  There  is  no  normal  action  of  the  speech  organism  if  you  are 
afraid  you  will  stammer,  because  the  co-ordination  from  speech 
center  to  speech  organ  is  held  up  by  fear.  In  other  words, 
where  there  is  fear  there  is  no  desire,  and  where  there  is  no  de- 
sire, there  is  no  motive  action,  directing  the  speech  organs. 

C  Confidence  begets  confidence,  and  success  attracts  more 
success.  Therefore  gain  in  confidence  by  winning  small  vic- 
tories at  first,  then  greater  victories  in  speech,  as  you  gain  in 
confidence.  Say  the  easiest  things  first,  neither  forcing  out  the 
breath,  nor  holding  it  back,  keeping  a  picture  of  perfect  speech 
before  the  mind. 

C  Go  with  positive  people,  think  positive  thoughts,  read  posi- 
tive books  and  magazines  and  you  will  grow  like  the  things 
you  think  about  and  associate  with. 

C^  Think  along  constructive  lines,  always  with  a  view  of  forging 
ahead,  and  don't  allow  your  mind  to  dwell  upon  impossibilities 
or  failure.  Otherwise  you  will  be  a  foot-ball  of  fate,  servile, 
submissive  and  yielding,  both  to  the  stammering  condition  and 
to  other  people. 

C  Mind  training  is  embodied  in  our  Advanced  Natural  Method 
which  develops  a  positive  mental  attitude;  kills  the  fear  of 
stammering  and  complete  confidence  is  fully  restored. 


Sow  sorrow  and  you  will  reap  it;  sow  joy  and  you  will  keeP  #• 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  87 


CHAPTER  XIV 

BE  THANKFUL 

4[  If  you  would  succeed  in  life,  cultivate  a  feeling  of  hopeful 
thankfulness  which  in  another  sense,  is  an  unconscious  acknowl- 
edgment of  a  higher  power. 

C  If  you  find  it  hard  to  be  thankful,  read  a  little  of  history,  and 
thankfulness  will  come.  Hundreds  of  millions  of  men  before  you 
have  lived,  suffered  and  died,  to  make  your  existence  more 
bearable. 

€L  There  are  a  thousand  times  more  thinking,  reading  men  and 
women  today,  in  America  alone,  than  lived  on  earth  half  a  cen- 
tury ago.  Knowledge  is  spreading  at  a  rapid  rate,  and  with  it, 
a  love  of  justice  and  a  sense  of  fairness,  which  means  permanent 
and  indestructible  development. 

<[  Be  thankful  that  today  you  can  get  cured  under  a  NATURAL 
METHOD,  whereas  in  former  years  not  so  far  distant,  old 
fogyisms  and  "tongue-butchers"  were  plentiful.  Today,  this 
school  has  hundreds  of  living  witnesses  who  bear  testimony  to  its 
successful  treatment  of  stammering.  The  only  remnant  of 
the  "we  guarantee  to  cure"  stammering  schools  left  are  the  two 
or  three  schools  still  in  existence  which  employ  the  sing-song, 
time-beat,  arm-swing  or  unit  method,  all  of  which  are  unnatural 
and  ridiculously  embarrassing. 

H  Be  thankful  that  our  institution  has  provided  a  method  which 
enables  you  to  graduate  from  this  school  talking  perfectly  and 
as  rapidly  as  you  desire.  That  perfect  speech,  the  coveted  prize 
of  stammerers  is  no  longer  a  lost  possibility,  since  our  institution 
established  its  Advanced  Natural  Method. 

C  Be  thankful  that  our  school  presents  an  advanced  system  of 
speech  training,  different  from  the  rest.  That  it  is  impossible 
to  stammer  when  following  it.  That  culture  of  mind  is  em- 
bodied in  our  treatment  and  that  you  are  able,  under  our  system, 
to  arrive  at  a  degree  of  speed  and  perfection,  when  graduating 
from  our  institution,  hitherto  unheard  of  under  systems  taught 
elsewhere.  With  this  knowledge  as  your  guiding  star,  you  can 
look  into  the  future  with  restful  confidence,  knowing  that  stam- 
mering can  no  longer  bar  your  path  to  success  and  happiness. 


88  Stammering — Its  Origin  and       

CHAPTER  XV 
THIS  IS  A  DAY  OF  ACTION 

CL  "He  waited  too  long"  covers  a  multitude  of  failures.  "The 
tomorrow"  habit  has  caused  more  losses,  more  poverty  and  suf- 
fering, more  snuffed  ambitions,  than  any  other  word.  Discard 
it  from  your  vocabulary.  Only  laggards  use  it.  There  are  too 
many  people  who  dodge  when  fortune  throws  a  prize  package 
their  way.  They  are  too  indifferent  to  investigate.  All  the 
failures  of  life  have  traveled  in  the  same  time-worn  rut.  The 
man  who  has  the  will  power  to  decide  and  act,  is  the  successful 
man.  Plan  your  work,  then  work  your  plan,  is  the  motto  of  the 
mighty.  Don't  procrastinate;  don't  put  off.  The  road  of  bye- 
and-bye  leads  to  the  town  of  never.  While  doubt  stands  still, 
confidence  erects  a  sky-scraper.  The  average  stammerer  has 
waited  too  long  already;  his  education  has  been  hampered  and  his 
ambitions  stifled  and  stopped.  He  has  since  begun  to  look  for  a 
job,  a  profession  or  a  business  which  calls  for  the  least  amount  of 
talking.  His  natural  ambitions  were  high,  and  he  will  accept  the 
mediocre  conditions  with  a  sad  heart  and  a  bowed  head,  still 
hoping  for  something  better  and  feeling  that  he  is  not  quite  to 
blame  for  his  position  in  life.  The  sum  total  to  be  derived  from 
the  foregoing  is,  not  that  he  has  waited  too  long,  but  that  he  has 
waited  long  enough.  The  day  has  arrived  for  action.  He  must  "go 
over  the  top"  and  gain  the  victory  while  it  is  yet  within  his  grasp. 

4[  He  must  not  accept  knock  downs  for  knock  outs,  but  remember 
that  failure  is  only  a  resting  place,  on  the  road  to  try  again. 
Stammering  has  been  his  greatest  enemy  through  life  and  must 
be  conquered.  The  spark  of  will  power  that  is  still  smoldering 
must  be  fanned  into  a  fierce  blaze,  to  work  and  win  back  the  lost 
laurels  still  lingering  in  his  path.  With  perfect  speech  attained, 
the  rest  will  come  easy.  But  he  must  act,  NOW.  He  must  set 
his  sails  for  the  harbor  of  perfect  speech  and  the  battle  is  half 
won.  Getting  started  is  the  magic  key  to  success.  Taking  the 
initiative  is  the  true  test  of  real  manhood.  It  is  the  oldest  child 
of  good  fortune. 

C  If  you  could  fully  realize  that  getting  cured  of  stammering  is  of 
the  highest  importance  to  you — that  it  must  come  first  of  all — it 
would  be  a  heaven-born  inspiration,  destined  to  bring  you  free- 
dom of  utterance  and  open  every  avenue  heretofore  closed  to  your 
ambitions,*  and  surely  success  would  then  mark  you  as  its  own. 


PART  VIII 
IMPORTANT  LECTURES 


CHAPTER  I 
THE  PROPER  MENTAL  ATTITUDE  WHEN  TALKING 


By  Lee  Wells  Millard 

A  Lecture  Delivered  to  the  Students  of  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers. 

A  Similar  Lecture  is  Delivered  to  Students  Each  Day. 


IN  my  talk  to  you  today  I  shall,  for  the  benefit  of  those  just 
enrolled  and  others  who  may  not  be  following  the  method 
as  closely  as  I  would  like,  dwell  upon  some  of  the  fundamental 
principles  that  have  to  do  with  a  cure. 

t[  The  first  thing  to  be  learned  is  relaxation  of  the  entire  body 
and  thus  give  to  the  nervous  system  rest  and  strength  which  it 
has  long  been  in  need  of.  Therefore,  I  ask  you  to  again  make  a 
careful  perusal  of  the  rules  handed  you,  especially  those  regarding 
power  through  repose. 

€[  Among  the  first  essentials  for  laying  a  correct  foundation  for 
perfect  speech,  breathing  plays  no  minor  part.  Without  proper 
breath  control  and  a  full  knowledge  of  the  function  of  the  res- 
piratory and  vocal  organs  in  supplying  breath  and  voice  for  ar- 
ticulation, the  stammerer  is  wholly  in  the  dark  as  to  the  correct 
procedure  for  a  rapid  and  permanent  cure.  I  say  rapid  cure  be- 
cause most  of  you  have  planned  to  stay  only  a  month  or  six  weeks, 
and  to  counteract  and  exterminate  a  habit  of  almost  lifelong 
standing  which  has  become  mental  in  most  instances  and  has 
firmly  imbedded  a  condition  of  fear  in  the  mind,  the  proper 
mental  attitude  must  be  assumed  and  acquired  the  first  few  days 
you  are  in  attendance. 

€[  In  acquiring  a  proper  mental  attitude  you  must  first  under- 
stand the  difference  between  positiveness  and  negativeness. 
These  two  factors  which  rule  the  everyday  mind  can  either  bring 

89 


90  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

you  health,  wealth  and  happiness,  and  a  complete  recovery  from 
stammering,  or  can  cause  you  to  look  upon  the  dark  and  gloomy 
side  of  life  and  doubt  yourself  and  others  and  cause  you  misery, 
discontent  and  unhappiness  and  hamper  your  progress  in  the 
matter  of  a  cure.  Therefore,  you  see  the  value  of  a  complete 
understanding  as  to  the  proper  condition  of  the  stammerer's 
mind  who  wishes  to  overcome  the  habit  of  stammering.  The 
more  mental  the  habit,  the  greater  must  be  the  will  power  to 
correct  it,  and  the  more  positive  the  attitude  of  mind  in  its  de- 
termination to  win  out.  Each  little  victory  makes  it  easier  to 
win  the  next.  Confidence  begets  confidence,  and  success  at- 
tracts and  brings  more  success.  With  the  positive  suggestions 
you  receive  in  these  daily  lectures,  together  with  the  chart  ex- 
ercises for  developing  will  power,  mental  energy  and  motive 
power,  the  negative  side  of  stammering  must  appear  to  you  as 
something  to  be  abhored  and  to  be  kept  away  from.  You  will 
therefore  see  the  value  of  positive  auto-suggestions,  for  a  quick 
and  permanent  cure  is  largely  determined  by  your  mental 
attitude. 

CL  While  doubt  stands  still,  confidence  erects  a  sky-scraper. 
A  positive  desire  is  your  motive  power  in  acting.  That  you  are 
afraid  to  begin  a  word  and  the  mind  is  filled  with  fear  because  of 
a  particular  consonant  contained  in  the  word,  is  the  direct  result 
of  a  negative  mental  attitude  toward  the  letter  or  combination 
upon  which  you  have  previously  experienced  difficulty.  Be- 
cause of  your  fear  you  had  no  desire  to  say  it  if  you  could  use  a 
synonym — a  substitute  word — and  there  was  no  normal  speech 
action  until  after  you  passed  over  the  word  and  the  desire  had 
become  positive  again.  Therefore,  keep  the  ashes  of  past  fail- 
ures, disappointments  and  discouragements  well  cleared  away 
so  that  you  may  have  a  good  draught  to  keep  the  fire  of  desire 
burning  brightly.  Don't  develop  a  wishbone  where  a  backbone 
ought  to  be.  Learn  to  desire  the  things  you  need;  don't  rest 
content  with  a  mere  desire  of  wanting  and  wishing  for  them,  but 
keep  you  mind  firmly  and  positively  fixed,  and  if  your  desires  are 
legitimate  they  will  respond  and  yield  to  your  demand. 

C  The  will  power  of  a  human  being  is  that  subtle,  intangible, 
and  yet  very  real  power  that  is  inseparably  connected  with  his 
inmost  desire  to  do  and  to  have.  You  first  have  a  desire  to 
act  and  then  by  a  positive  determination  of  the  will  you  do  so. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  91 


The  person  of  weak  will  is  a  negative,  cringing  weakling,  who 
magnifies  his  risks  and  multiplies  his  dangers.  The  strong  willed 
person  is  the  positive,  courageous,  masterful  individual  who  can 
always  be  counted  on  to  utilize  his  gifts  when  they  count  for 
most;  he  whom  Nature  delights  in  and  whom  she  rewards  with 
success.  The  direct  action  of  the  will  depends  upon  belief. 
Therefore,  you  see  how  absolutely  necessary  it  is  to  believe  in 
yourself — and  in  the  undertakings  and  success  of  others,  if  your 
will  is  to  receive  the  proper  stimulus  to  spur  it  on  to  action. 
The  basis  of  all  personal  power  is  the  predominating  factors  of 
the  will,  and  if  you  intend  to  accomplish  what  you  came  here  for 
in  the  shortest  space  of  time,  and  win  success  in  your  under- 
takings after  leaving  this  institution,  you  must  see  the  necessity 
of  developing  a  stronger  and  more  powerful  will. 

<[  Stammering,  in  many  cases,  being  superinduced  by  an  inborn 
negative  disposition,  the  reason  we  have  met  with  such  pro- 
nounced success  in  treating  this  disorder  is  chiefly  through  the 
positive  mental  training  given  our  students  in  connection  with  the 
other  essentials  of  the  course.  In  order  that  you  may  fully 
understand  my  meaning  and  do  not  get  a  misconception  of  my 
words,  let  me  here  explain  that  will  power  does  not  mean  stub- 
bornness in  any  sense  of  the  word.  Some  people  who  are  very 
stubborn  are  often  spoken  of  as  "strong- willed,"  whereas  their 
mulish  attitude  of  mind  is  the  progeny  of  prejudice  and  ignorance 
and  has  nothing  to  to  with  the  will.  Character  itself  is  the  re- 
sult of  a  perfectly  educated  will.  Nothing  can  resist  the  will  of 
a  man  or  woman  who  knows  what  is  true  and  wills  what  is  good. 
It  has  been  said  that  a  perverse  will  is  the  beginning  of  suicide 
to  all  the  mental  and  physical  factors  of  the  body. 

C  Cultivate  openness  of  mind  and  be  receptive  to  all  helpful 
suggestions.  Aside  from  will  power,  one  of  the  greatest  qualities 
that  the  human  brain  can  have  is  receptivity — that  open, 
impressionable  character  that  makes  the  new  idea  welcome. 
Overcome  self-consciousness,  for  the  moment  you  think  of  your 
talking,  instead  of  the  subject  you  are  talking  about,  your  vision 
of  conception  becomes  narrowed  and  you  lose  the  harmonious 
vibrations  of  mind  to  mind,  and  you  are  unconsciously  drawn 
within  your  mental  being,  as  a  snail  within  its  shell,  and  you  would 
become  confused  and  your  natural  desire  for  speech  would  leave 


92  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

you.  Try  and  retain  your  individuality  while  in  class  and  dur- 
ing intermissions,  and  think  of  the  old  adage:  "Geese  flock  to- 
gether, but  eagles  fly  alone."  Cultivate  originality  of  thought 
and  stand  out  by  yourself,  as  it  were,  and  not  be  controlled  by  the 
thoughts  and  actions  of  others  who  may  not  present  the  correct 
picture  of  perfect  speech  to  your  mind.  Should  one  of  your  class- 
mates not  be  talking  as  the  method  teaches  and  following  the 
rules  properly,  think  to  yourself:  "I  can  do  that  better;  I  will 
show  him  an  example  of  correct  talking  when  my  opportunity 
comes,"  and  you  will  then  be  developing  the  mental  qualities 
which  count  for  success.  Try  and  be  too  big  to  be  disturbed 
by  the  little  things  and  trifles  of  life.  The  caliber  and  broad- 
mindedness  of  an  individual  are  always  estimated  by  his  or  her 
control  under  the  trying  circumstances  of  life.  Therefore,  be 
patient,  persistent  and  determined  to  put  the  few  simple  rules 
into  actual  practice  every  time  you  talk,  for  here  you  have  the 
opportunity  and  method  to  bring  about  a  perfect,  natural 
manner  of  utterance.  And  let  the  strong,  dominant  desire  to 
dare  and  to  do,  possess  your  whole  being  and  feel  its  potent  in- 
fluence surging  through  your  very  soul,  and  then  don't  stop 
until  you  reach  your  goal.     I  thank  you. 

AN  IMPORTANT  LECTURE  EVERY  DAY 

d  One  of  the  many  advantages  afforded  the  pupils  of  the  North- 
western School  for  Stammerers,  is  a  scientific  and  comprehensive 
lecture  delivered  before  the  class  each  day  by  the  president  of  the 
school.  Unlike  the  arrangement  of  most  schools  of  this  kind,  the 
founder  and  president  is  in  the  class  room  every  day,  assisting 
and  supervising  the  work  of  curing  those  enrolled.  The  assist- 
ant instructors  are  men  who  have  previously  stammered  and 
who  have  taken  treatment  under  Mr.  Millard,  and  understand 
the  work  of  curing  others. 


Daughter  Was  Cured  in  Three  Weeks 

Mr.  L.  W.  Millard,  Greensburg,  Ind.,  July  1st,  1911. 

My  Dear  Sir: — We  have  been  home  eight  days  and  Laura  has  not  had  a 
bit  of  trouble  so  far,  and  I  don't  think  she  ever  will.  She  talks  over  the  'phone 
all  right  and  talks  to  strangers  without  any  trouble.  My  wife  and  all  our  rel- 
atives were  surprised  to  see  her  talk  so  fine.  They  did  not  expect  Laura  to 
come  home  so  soon  and  talk  so  fine  and  never  make  a  mistake. 

Hope  I  can  be  of  service  to  you  and  the  school.  I  am  glad  my  child  is  cured 
and  want  to  see  everyone  else  cured.         Yours  very  truly, 

FRANK  GRAY. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  93 

CHAPTER  II 
THE  FUNDAMENTAL  PRINCIPLES  OF  SPEECH 


By  Frank  D.  Millard,  M.  D. 


C  What  is  speech?  It  is  the  result  of  the  combined  forces  of 
breath,  voice,  articulation,  each  mutually  dependent  upon  the 
other.  On  analysis  of  this  natural  human  phenomenon,  we  find 
that  these  three  physiological  functions  are  so  correlated  that  any 
interference  with  their  proper  performance  will  result  in  inter- 
rupted speech,  and  may  be  called  first  principles.  Deep 
breathing  and  easy  vocalization  are  the  foundation  of  voice  and 
speech. 

C  Everybody  knows  what  breathing  is,  but  the  stammerer 
must  learn  how  to  get  enough  air  and  how  to  control  his  breath. 
The  physiological  act,  involving  muscular  nerve  force,  must  be 
explained  and  understood.  The  action  of  certain  muscles  pro- 
duces inspiration,  and  another  set  expiration;  the  combination 
of  these  two  is  respiration  or  breathing.  This  vital  function  of 
speech  must  be  easily  and  rightly  performed. 
C  Persons  who  have  a  stiff  halting  address  are  very  faulty  in  this 
respect.  It  requires  a  great  deal  of  drill  work  and  lectures  to 
teach  them  how  to  accomplish  this  art  of  correct  respiration 
necessary  to  easy,  forceful  and  natural  conversation.  The  next 
step  in  order  after  breath  is  voice.  Now,  voice  is  not  speech. 
It  is  pure,  full  tones  without  articulation,  and  must  immediately 
follow  the  breath  by  which  it  is  produced.  Where  does  it  come 
from?  It  comes  from  the  larynx,  which  is  a  small,  cartilagineous, 
boxlike  structure  found  in  the  upper  and  front  part  of  the  throat. 
The  vocal  chords  are  a  part  of  it  and  stretch  across  this  cavity 
from  front  to  back,  forming  a  sort  of  floor  with  a  cleft  in  the  mid- 
dle. This  cleft  or  opening  is  called  the  "glottis"  which  means  a 
passageway  or  gate.  As  the  breath  is  forced  through  this  cleft 
the  edges  become  tense  and  vibrate,  producing  sound,  or  voice. 
The  tension  required  for  high  and  low  pitched  tones  is  controlled 
and  regulated  by  the  laryngeal  muscles.  Pure  tones,  like  a,  e, 
i,  o,  u,  ah,  aw,  etc.,  are  what  we  mean  when  we  speak  of  voice. 
€[  Now,  when  these  pure  tones  are  modified  by  the  lips,  tongue, 
teeth,  palate,  cheeks,  pharynx  and  nasal  cavities,  assuming  dif- 
ferent positions,  speech  (articulation)  is  the  result;  a  combination 
of  the  three  functions,   breath,   voice  and   articulation.     The 


94  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

cardinal  points  to  bear  in  mind  are  full,  well  regulated  breathing; 
relaxation  and  opening  of  the  glottis  to  let  the  breath  pass  through 
to  create  voice,  and  easy,  subtle  articulation  to  form  words. 
Do  not  allow  the  tongue  or  lips  to  assume  a  firm,  clinging  posi- 
tion; this  prevents  voice,  and  what  is  known  as  stammering 
results.  There  is  too  much  muscular  tension.  Relax,  articu- 
late lightly  and  easily.  Allow  your  voice  to  blend  smoothly  with 
steady  flowing  volume,  always  keeping  the  lungs  well  filled  with 
air.  Take  a  deep,  full  breath  whenever  you  feel  yourself  losing 
power.  Sit  up  or  stand  straight  and  bend  the  back  in;  throw  the 
chest  out. 

C  The  trouble  with  stammerers  is  that  they  do  not  understand 
the  fundamental  principles  of  correct  position  and  speech.  They 
are  struggling  with  the  first  and  third,  viz:  breath  and  articula- 
tion; voice  is  blocked  because  the  breath  is  not  allowed  to  escape 
through  the  glottis  and  set  the  vocal  chords  to  vibrating,  which  is 
the  first  principle  of  sound.  Having  taken  the  position  of  "k," 
"g>"  "q>"  or  some  other  letter,  an  unsuccessful  effort  is  made  to 
pronounce  the  word.  The  natural  order  is  not  followed;  voice 
is  lacking,  which  should  immediately  follow  such  articulation. 
Allow  the  epi-glottis  to  open  a  little,  relax,  and  get  your  voice. 
Learn  to  do  this  with  the  first  outgoing  breath,  and  do  not  lose 
part  of  it  in  this  attempt;  otherwise  you  will  find  yourself  in  the 
predicament  of  talking  on  exhausted  breath.  Trying  to  force 
speech  in  this  condition  is  a  most  common  fault  with  the  stam- 
merer. In  fact,  his  efforts  are  all  too  hard;  that  is  the  reason  why 
he  defeats  himself.  The  art  of  elocution  is  performed  with  ease, 
pleasure  and  much  satisfaction  when  the  first  principles  are 
mastered  and  followed,  viz:  breath,  voice  and  articulation,  the 
co-ordination  of  these  three  producing  natural  speech. 


AMERICAN  SCHOOLS'  ASSOCIATION 
Chicago,  111. 
Dear  Mrs.  Waterman:—  June  18th,  1919. 

We  have  carefully  read  your  letter  twice.  There  is  one  school  in  the  West 
that  we  would  bank  our  reputation  on  as  being  able  to  cure  your  son.  It  is 
a  school  to  which  all  Chicago  boys  and  girls  of  this  kind  are  sent — though  it  is 
not  in  Chicago.  The  school  is  "The  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers" 
of  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin. 

We  think  there  is  a  vacancy  there  for  the  coming  term. 

Yours  truly, 
AMERICAN  SCHOOLS'  ASSOCIATION. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  95 


CHAPTER  III 

PSYCHOLOGICAL  DEVELOPMENT  OF  WILL  POWER  AND 

MENTAL  ATTITUDE 


By  Edward  C.  Baroni,  A.M.,  LL.B. 

A  Lecture  Delivered  by  Attorney  Edward  C.  Baroni  to  an  Evening  Class  of  Students 

at  the  North-W ester n  School. 


{[  Ladies  and  gentlemen: — In  order  to  clearly  understand  the 
causes  of  stammering,  we  must  first  become  acquainted  with  the 
definition  of  stammering,  so  as  to  enable  us  to  treat  and  remedy 
this  imperfection  of  speech. 

€[  Stammering,  briefly  defined,  is  a  want  of  co-ordination  be- 
tween the  mental  and  physical  factors  of  speech.  This  evening 
we  propose  to  dwell  for  a  few  moments  on  the  mental  part  of 
co-ordination.  We  will  pass  a  few  remarks  regarding  the  mental 
factor,  the  method  to  train  the  mind  and  the  course  to  pursue  in 
order  to  attain  mental  co-ordination.  To  have  co-ordination  of 
speech  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  first,  last  and  always,  we 
must  have  a  proper  mental  attitude,  that  is,  a  person  must  have 
his  mind  trained  in  such  a  manner  as  to  create  a  positive  mental 
attitude  of  his  mind  and  a  positive  control  of  his  idea,  feeling 
and  beliefs. 

€L  You  are  constantly  at  work  building  up  a  mental  attitude 
which  is  not  only  making  your  character,  but  which  is  also  having 
its  influence  on  the  outside  world,  both  in  the  direction  of  the 
effect  on  yourself  and  upon  others.  It  is  most  important,  then, 
that  this  building  should  be  done  with  the  best  possible  materials, 
according  to  the  best  methods,  and  with  the  best  instruction. 

C  Before  going  any  further  let  us  understand  what  is  meant  by 
proper  mental  attitude.  When  we  speak  of  mental  attitude  we 
mean  that  the  qualities  necessary  to  form  the  same  are  faith, 
confidence,  energy,  will  power,  perseverance,  etc.,  which  we  must 
develop  in  order  to  attain  success,  and  when  we  refer  to  improper 
mental  attitude  and  want  of  co-ordination  we  speak  of  the  lack 
of  faith,  confidence,  energy  and  other  qualities  which  we  must 
have  in  order  to  obtain  success. 


96  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


€[  No  doubt  you  all  have  these  qualities,  and  it  remains  with 
yourselves  to  develop  them.  By  all  means  develop  faith.  I 
do  not  mean  credulity — that  state  of  mind  that  will  accept  any- 
thing that  is  told  it  simply  because  some  one  has  said  it,  but  faith 
— that  something  which  imbeds  itself  in  the  inmost  parts  of 
our  soul.  Faith  in  ourselves  is  of  primary  importance,  for  unless 
one  has  it  he  can  never  accomplish  anything,  can  never  influence 
any  other  person's  opinions  on  anything,  and  can  never  be  able 
to  speak  properly. 

C  Exercise  the  will  power  at  all  times;  become  positive  and  in- 
vincible; determine  to  succeed;  for,  as  Tennyson  writes:  "O,  well 
for  him  whose  will  is  strong!"  In  speaking  of  the  will,  I  do  not 
mean  stubbornness.  You  will  find  plenty  of  people  who  are 
stubborn  as  mules,  and  their  friends  will  say  that  they  are  strong- 
willed.  This  is  a  different  attitude  of  mind,  coming  from  preju- 
dice and  ignorance,  and  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  will.  The 
man  with  a  strong  will  knows  when  to  recede  as  well  as  when  to 
go  forward.  He  never  stands  till;  when  the  occasion  warrants 
it  he  steps  back  and  considers,  but  only  for  the  purpose  of  getting 
a  better  start,  for  he  always  has  a  definite  goal  in  view.  In  fact, 
the  mental  attitude  of  "I  can"  and  "I  will"  is  the  only  proper 
kind  to  have. 

C  Concentration  must  be  cultivated  and  developed,  for  we  can 
never  expect  to  win  out  in  anything  we  undertake  unless  we  firmly 
concentrate  our  minds  upon  it.  The  first  step  in  acquiring  con- 
centration begins  in  the  control  of  attention.  Master  the  atten- 
tion and  you  have  acquired  the  art  of  concentration. 

d  There  is  nothing  like  sticking  to  a  thing.  Many  people  are 
brilliant  and  industrious,  but  they  fail  by  reason  of  their  lack  of 
persistence.  One  should  acquire  the  tenacity  of  a  bulldog  and 
refuse  to  be  shaken  off  of  a  thing  when  he  has  fixed  his  attention 
and  desires  upon  it.  Fix  your  minds  upon  your  daily  tasks  and 
duties  in  this  school,  and  hold  your  attention  firmly  upon  them 
until  you  find  yourself  in  the  habit  of  resisting  all  distracting 
influences.  In  following  this  natural  course  of  instruction  you 
must  specifically  develop  the  qualities  of  faith  in  the  instruction 
and  exercises  given  you.  You  must  have  a  positive  mental 
attitude  and  a  strong  power  of  concentration  and  will  power  to 
carry  out  the  instructions  as  closely  as  you  can.  Having  re- 
viewed a  few  of  these  necessary  qualities  again  this  evening  for 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  97 


your  benefit,  I  hope  I  have  created  an  ambition  in  you  that  will 
count  for  much  in  the  execution  of  your  daily  tasks  and  duties 
here.  I  have  endeavored  again  to  present  a  few  of  the  essential 
ideals  before  the  mind's  eye.  I  trust  I  have  created  within  you 
a  mental  hunger  for  a  strong  will  power — not  a  mere  wanting  and 
wishing  for  it,  but  a  fierce,  eager,  consuming  hunger  which  de- 
mands satisfaction.  There  is  no  reason  whatever  why  each  of 
you  should  not  earnestly  desire  the  strong  elements  of  life;  no 
reason  why  you  should  not  stimulate  a  hunger  for  attainment, 
by  painting  mental  pictures  of  what  you  need.  Look  around  you 
at  the  successful  men  of  the  world  in  any  line  of  human  effort  and 
endeavor  and  you  will  see  that  they  all  have  ambition  strongly 
developed.  They  have  the  fierce  craving  of  desire  for  things 
and  they  will  brook  no  interference  with  the  satisfaction  of  that 
desire.  Bring  for  a  moment  before  your  minds  the  lives  of 
Caesar,  Napoleon,  Wellington,  or  our  beloved  Washington,  and 
their  modern  counterparts,  the  twentieth  century  captains  of 
industry,  and  you  will  see  the  glare  of  this  fierce  ambition  burn- 
ing brightly  and  hotly  within  them — some  for  glory,  others  am- 
bitious to  secure  the  rights  of  their  fellow  countrymen. 

Ct  The  one  great  trouble  with  many  of  us  is  that  we  have  been 
taught  to  accept  and  take  what  was  given  him  or  her  and  be 
content.  But  this  is  not  Nature's  way.  She  implants  in  each 
living  being  a  strong  desire  for  that  which  is  necessary  for  its 
well-being.  You  should  cultivate  a  strong  will  to  gratify  this 
necessity.  This  natural  law  of  development  is  here  awaiting 
those  who  will  use  it.  If  you  prefer  to  leave  it  for  other  more 
ambitiously  disposed  persons,  very  well;  that  is  your  own  loss. 
But  the  vital  question  is  this :  Can  you  afford  to  be  without  these 
qualities  if  you  expect  to  win  in  life's  mad  rush  for  success?  The 
wise,  the  sane,  the  strong  men  of  today  are  reaching  out  for  and 
developing  this  mighty  law  and  are  accomplishing  great  things 
by  reason  of  its  potency  in  the  attainment  of  success. 

CL  Therefore,  I  want  each  and  every  one  of  you  to  not  be  afraid 
to  stand  boldly  out,  crying:  "I  want  this,  and  I  am  going  to  have 
it!  It  is  my  rightful  heritage  and  I  demand  it  of  the  laws  of 
Nature  which  were  made  for  my  use,"  and  I  know  you  will  not 
only  leave  this  institution  with  flying  colors,  talking  naturally 
and  perfectly,  but  will  win  success  in  everything  you  undertake 
after  your  departure.     I  thank  you. 


98  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  IV 
THERE  IS  NO  SUCH  WORD  AS  FAILURE. 


An  Address  Delivered  to  the  N or  th-W ester  n  School  for  Stammerers 
By  Harry  W.  Brown,  Ph.D.,  A.M.,  LL.D. 


C  Students  of  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers: — It 
surely  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  be  able  to  come  before  you  to- 
night and  to  talk  to  you  for  a  few  minutes  in  an  effort  to  bring  out 
and  emphasize  a  few  points  with  regard  to  your  work  here,  which 
may  possibly  have  escaped  your  attention  in  your  daily  studies 
and  exercises  here  at  the  school. 

C  Whenever  I  have  the  pleasure  of  coming  before  one  of  these 
classes  of  bright,  progressive  and  energetic  people,  I  feel  as  though 
I  were  standing  before  people  who  are  destined  to  really  amount 
to  something  in  the  world,  for  the  reason  that  you  are  here  in  an 
effort  to  make  advancements  in  the  world  and  because  you  care 
enough  for  your  personal  progress  to  come  to  this  institution 
to  seek  a  cure  of  an  impediment  in  your  speech  in  order  that  you 
may  be  better  fitted  to  meet  the  problems  of  today  and  to  become 
successful  in  life. 

C  Surely  you  are  to  be  congratulated  because  you  have  the 
strength  of  purpose  to  come  here  and  work  for  this  cure,  and  I 
want  to  say  to  you  now  that  if  you  will  follow  closely  the  scien- 
tific methods  which  have  been  so  carefully  developed  by  Mr* 
Millard,  that  ultimate  success  in  this  work  is  just  as  surely  the 
golden  reward  which  you  will  claim  for  your  efforts  as  it  is  sure 
that  one  day  will  follow  another. 

C  In  attempting  to  accomplish  a  thing  which  requires  work, 
and  study,  and  exercise,  as  this  work  does,  one  is  very  apt  to 
overlook  some  of  the  most  essential  details  in  the  work  and  in 
that  way  some  of  your  most  earnest  efforts  are  very  apt  to  be 
largely  wasted  by  a  failure  on  your  part  to  direct  your  efforts  in 
exactly  the  right  direction. 

€1  It  is  my  purpose  in  this  little  informal  talk  to  emphasize  and 
illustrate  some  of  these  points  which  are  so  often  forgotten,  and 
to  try  and  emphasize  them  in  such  a  way  that  in  your  work  and 
your  efforts  here  will  produce  the  best  possible  results. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  99 

C  If  we  were  to  compare  the  different  functions  of  human  life 
with  respect  to  their  importance  to  our  everyday  affairs,  we  would 
be  led  to  the  conclusion  that  the  functions  and  the  workings  of 
the  human  mind  are  far  and  away  the  most  important  of  them  all, 
and  in  this  connection  I  wish  to  bring  out  the  importance  of  some 
understanding  of  the  workings  of  the  human  mind  and  the  in- 
fluences which  mental  activities  have  upon  human  success.  Psy- 
chology is  a  scientific  study  of  the  human  mind  and  its  various 
workings  and  activities,  and  the  resultant  effects  of  these  mental 
activities  upon  human  conduct.  A  knowledge  of  psychology, 
therefore,  is  very  helpful  in  assisting  you  in  your  work  here  and 
in  bringing  you  to  a  position  where  you  can  accomplish  the  best 
results  in  your  studies  at  this  institution. 

C  For  the  sake  of  this  discussion,  let  us  consider  that  the  human 
mind  is  divided  into  two  separate  organizations  or  departments, 
one  of  which  may  be  spoken  of  as  the  objective  mind  and  the 
other  subjective.  The  objective  mind  may  be  considered  as  the 
active  mind,  the  mind  that  responds  directly  to  the  five  senses, 
of  hearing,  seeing,  smelling,  tasting  and  feeling,  while  the  sub- 
jective mind  may  be  considered  as  the  seat  of  feeling,  sentiment, 
passion  and  emotion.  It  is  that  part  of  the  human  mind  which 
develops  dreams  and  which  is  directly  responsive  to  the  peculiar 
influences  of  hypnotism.  It  is  the  mind  of  perfect  memory. 
This  subjective  mind  is  capable  of  direct  control  by  one's  own 
objective  mind  as  well  as  by  the  objective  mind  of  another,  as  in 
the  case  of  hypnotism. 

C  From  this  general  explanation  it  may  be  somewhat  clear  to 
you  that  a  person  may  control  the  workings  of  his  subjective 
mind  if  he  has  been  careful  in  developing  sufficient  mental 
strength  and  sufficient  will  power  in  his  objective  mind  to  make  it 
powerful  enough  to  keep  in  control.  It  is  a  psychological  fact 
that  the  objective  mind  cannot  succeed  in  its  work  if  the  sub- 
jective mind  is  controlled  by  arv  idea  of  doubt,  and  it  is  this 
principle  which  explains  the  fact  that  a  person  who  doubts 
absolutely  the  ability  of  a  person  to  hypnotize  cannot  possibly 
be  subjected  to  the  control  of  hypnotism.  How  important  it  is, 
therefore,  to  understand  the  great  influence  which  doubt,  or 
"adverse  suggestion,"  as  it  is  called  in  psychology,  has  in  the 
shaping  of  our  lives,  and  how  important  it  is  for  us  to  understand 
that  if  we  set  out  to  accomplish  a  certain  object  that  we  must 


100  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

first  of  all  clear  our  minds  of  every  shadow  of  doubt  or  dis- 
couragement, in  order  to  insure  any  degree  of  success. 

€L  Apply  that  principle  to  your  work  here,  and  during  all  of  your 
exercises  and  studies  keep  uppermost  in  your  minds  the  idea  that 
you  have  the  ability  and  the  courage  and  the  strength  of  purpose 
to  overcome  whatever  difficulties  you  may  meet,  and  for  no  single 
instant  allow  yourselves  to  become  discouraged  or  to  gain  the 
impression  that  you  cannot  succeed  in  this  great  work  which 
you  have  undertaken,  and  your  success  here  will  be  absolutely 
assured. 

C  Perhaps  one  of  the  greatest  influences  in  human  conduct  is  the 
power  of  habit,  and  it  is  very  important  in  your  work  here  that 
you  develop  the  habit  of  thinking  along  the  right  lines,  and  in 
developing  this  idea  of  the  mastery  of  yourselves  in  order  that 
this  thought  may  become  a  fixed  habit  with  you,  and  in  order 
that  your  efforts  from  day  to  day  may  be  assisted  by  a  thoroughly 
developed  idea  that  no  amount  of  difficulty  is  going  to  overcome 
your  desire  to  accomplish  what  you  have  come  here  to  accomplish 
— it  is  just  as  easy  for  you  to  commence  at  the  beginning  and  form 
this  permanent  habit  of  optimistic  thought  as  to  gradually  de- 
velop a  tendency  toward  pessimism  and  despondency,  and  in 
that  way  gradually  get  yourselves  into  a  rut  from  which  no  little 
amount  of  effort  and  study  will  remove  you. 

€[  If  all  of  us  could  only  come  to  understand  how  thoroughly 
we  are  the  masters  of  ourselves,  what  a  wonderful  world  this 
would  be  and  what  wonderful  things  we  would  all  be  able  to  ac- 
complish. But  if  we  let  ourselves  get  into  the  habit  of  becoming 
easily  discouraged  we  will  soon  lose  that  grip  on  things  which 
means  so  much  to  us  when  we  are  struggling  on  in  this  fierce 
battle  for  an  existence  and  for  success.  Therefore,  I  say  that 
during  all  the  time  that  you  are  in  this  institution  keep  this  one 
idea  uppermost  in  your  minds:  that  you  have  that  great  and 
powerful  personal  mastery  and  that  you  are  going  to  be  success- 
ful in  each  of  your  exercises  from  day  to  day  and  that  failure  is 
an  impossibility,  and  success  will  dawn  upon  you  all  with  an 
ease  that  you  had  never  anticipated. 

d  No  man  in  this  day,  or  in  any  other  day,  ever  amounted  to 
anything  unless  he  had  to  face  some  opposition  in  life,  and  if  we 
will  take  the  trouble  to  turn  back  the  pages  of  history  and  glance 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  101 


down  the  list  of  names  of  the  world's  people  who  have  actually 
accomplished  things  we  will  find  that  every  great  person  of  his- 
tory has  made  a  place  for  herself  or  himself  only  after  the  most 
severe  and  discouraging  struggles  for  an  existence.  The  things 
that  are  worth  accomplishing  in  history  or  in  life  are  only  ac- 
complished in  that  way,  and  the  man  that  has  met  the  greatest 
hardship  is  usually  the  man  in  whom  the  world  places  the  great- 
est trust  and  the  deepest  confidence.  Anyone  can  accomplish 
things  if  the  worry  is  borne  by  someone  else  or  if  the  path  is 
greased  to  make  the  sliding  easy,  but  it  takes  a  man  with  brains 
and  will  power  and  character  to  go  against  the  current  and  fight 
day  after  day  the  odds  and  difficulties  that  one  must  face  in 
trying  to  really  amount  to  something. 

C  And  it  is  therefore,  young  men  and  women,  that  I  say  that  I 
feel  proud  to  be  with  you  here  tonight  to  speak  to  you,  because 
by  the  very  act  of  your  coming  here  you  have  demonstrated  the 
fact  that  there  is  a  good  lot  of  red  blood  in  your  veins  and  that 
you  have  confidence  in  yourselves,  and  that  you  are  here  with  a 
determined  purpose  in  your  minds  to  overcome  this  annoying 
impediment  in  your  speech  and  that  you  are  not  to  be  easily 
discouraged. 

CL  Let  us  look  at  some  of  the  famous  names  in  history  and  see 
whether  there  are  any  there  whose  names  we  read  with  pride 
who  have  had  any  personal  difficulties  to  overcome  in  order  that 
they  might  be  on  a  plane  with  those  with  whom  they  came  in 
contact.  Let  us  see  if  there  are  any  there  who  had  to  struggle 
against  physical  odds  in  order  to  carve  out  their  place  in  the  world, 
and  if  we  can  find  any  such,  perhaps  we  may  be  able  to  learn  of 
their  efforts  to  overcome  their  difficulties  and  of  their  final  success. 

f[  If  we  take  the  trouble  to  go  back  a  number  of  centuries  we 
will  find  the  name  of  the  famous  orator,  Demosthenes,  and  if  we 
will  take  the  trouble  to  look  up  his  life's  history  we  will  find  that 
as  a  boy  he  was  hardly  able  to  pronounce  his  own  name  because 
of  that  great  impediment  in  his  speech.  Surely  we  are  all 
familiar  with  what  he  did  and  the  patience  and  courage  that  he 
displayed;  how,  day  after  day,  he  would  go  down  to  the  sea- 
shore and  fill  his  mouth  with  small  pebbles  and  try  to  talk  with 
his  mouth  so  filled;  how  his  efforts  were  first  in  vain  and  how, 
through  patience  and  persistent  practice,  he  finally  began  to 
show  some  slight  improvement,  until  finally,  after  years  of  that 


102  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


same  patient  effort,  he  became  one  of  the  world's  greatest  orators 
and  one  of  the  foremost  figures  of  his  time.  Did  he  ever  have 
cause  for  discouragement,  do  you  suppose?  Was  his  success 
gained  without  a  struggle? 

d  Then  there  is  Senator  Gore — totally  blind — the  world  a 
blanket  of  darkness — the  printed  page  an  unknown  picture  to 
his  darkened  vision.  Was  life  a  shining  hope  to  him  when,  as  a 
young  man,  he  started  to  grope  his  poor,  blinded  way  to  do  things 
in  the  world?  Did  he  ever  give  up  because  of  his  infirmity? 
Did  he  say  that  it  was  no  use  anyway,  because  he  could  not  read 
the  printed  page?  Did  he  shift  the  burden  of  his  existence  on  to 
a  struggling  brother  or  an  aged  mother?  Not  he!  Through 
persistence,  patient  study,  and  constant  effort  be  began  to  work 
out  his  future  and  to  build  up  his  own  career,  until  today  he 
stands  in  his  place  of  honor  in  the  Senate  of  the  United  States — 
one  of  the  most  brilliant  and  able  fighters  that  we  have.  Did  he 
accomplish  this  through  luck?  And  yet  we  must  not  say  that  he 
did  not  have  discouragements,  for  his  whole  effort  was  one  mighty 
discouragement. 

€t  Perhaps  the  greatest  example  of  this  sublime  courage  is 
demonstrated  in  the  life  of  that  valiant  fighter,  Helen  Keller. 
Born  into  this  world  deaf,  dumb  and  blind,  she  has  spent  her 
life,  day  after  day — alone  and  unaided — in  slowly  and  carefully 
making  a  study  of  means  of  overcoming  her  infirmities,  which 
were  of  such  a  nature  as  to  discourage  the  most  of  us.  And  yet 
today  she  is  able  to  read  and  write  and  to  make  herself  under- 
stood in  a  manner  which  has  been  startling  to  the  world,  which 
has  stood  patiently,  yet  doubtingly  by,  and  watched  her  slow 
and  patient  progress  for  a  score  of  years. 

d,  When  we  look  upon  the  lives  and  accomplishments  of  such 
heroes  of  hope  as  these,  have  we  any  right  to  say  that  we  will 
falter  in  the  path?  Have  we  any  right  to  say  that  we  will  stop, 
and  without  an  effort  or  a  struggle  lay  down  the  reins  and  say, 
"I  cannot  win?"  No,  young  men  and  women,  while  a  breath  of 
life  remains  within  you,  take  advantage  of  such  wonderful 
opportunities  as  you  have  here,  use  every  second  of  your  time  to 
the  best  possible  advantage,  follow  with  zealous  care  the  thor- 
oughly scientific  methods  that  Mr.  Millard  has  perfected  for  you 
here,  and  the  dawn  of  the  new  day  will  begin  to  cast  its  shining 
rays  upon  you  ere  you  fully  realize  that  you  have  begun  to  try. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  103 

C  Young  men  and  women,  you  have  a  golden  reward  awaiting 
you;  you  have,  by  coming  to  this  institution,  surrounded  your- 
selves with  the  most  perfect  and  the  most  ideal  conditions  for  the 
accomplishment  of  the  great  object  which  you  have  in  view,  and 
under  these  circumstances  there  can  be  no  such  word  as  "failure." 
C  I  have  tried  to  breathe  a  spirit  of  hope  and  good  cheer  to  you 
who  are  here  tonight,  and  if  I  have  in  the  slightest  degree  uttered 
a  word  which  you  may  remember  as  a  word  of  help,  my  object 
in  coming  to  speak  to  you  has  been  accomplished  a  hundred- 
fold.    I  thank  you. 


WONDERFUL  SCHOOL  A  RESULT  OF  EFFORT  AND  IDEALS 

Clipping  from  The  Wisconsin- News,  May  1st,  1920. 

It  was  something  over  eighteen  years  ago  that  Lee  Wells  Millard,  who  was 
at  that  time  an  "inveterate"  stammerer,  sought  every  means  in  his  power  to 
eradicate  the  impediment  which  had  for  over  twenty  years  retarded  his 
progress  and  set  him  apart  from  his  associates.  He  followed  every  path  that 
seemed  to  lead  toward  the  attainment  of  that  goal  only  to  find  that  they  led 
him  around  in  a  circle,  bringing  him  back  to  his  starting  point,  still  facing  the 
handicap  from  which  he  had  tried  to  escape. 

But  his  persistent  desire  to  enjoy  natural  speech  led  to  the  conception  and 
the  evolution  of  a  plan  based  on  the  physiological  and  psychological  laws 
underlying  the  laws  of  perfect  speech.  This  plan,  knows  as  the  Advanced 
Natural  Method,  proved  a  success  from  the  time  of  its  inception  and  at  the 
present  time  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers,  2316  Grand  Ave., 
is  a  monument  to  the  ideals  and  the  efforts  which  led  its  founder  and  present 
head  to  overcome  his  own  difficulty  and  finally  to  establish  the  school  which 
now  enjoys  the  distinction  of  being  the  largest  of  its  kind  in  the  world. 

It  is  located  in  one  of  the  most  beautiful  sections  of  Milwaukee  and  the 
environment  provides  a  peaceful  and  home-like  atmosphere  which  in  great 
measure  aids  in  making  the  student  forget  his  self-consciousness  and  places 
him  in  the  proper  mental  attitude  so  necessary  to  the  completion  of  Mr.  Mil- 
lard's Scientific  Method.  Large  buildings  erected  for  institutional  purposes, 
and  two  separate  school  dormitories,  with  one  for  ladies  coming  under  the  di- 
rect supervision  of  Mrs.  Lee  Wells  Millard,  afford  every  opportunity  and  facil- 
ity for  speech  training. 

To  do  away  with  all  personal  feeling  and  protect  all  religious  beliefs,  de- 
bates and  arguments  of  a  religious  nature  are  barred  from  discussion.  All 
students  are  urged  to  attend  their  respective  churches  regularly,  thus  keeping 
up  the  high  moral  standard  established  and  maintained  by  the  school  since 
its  founding. 

To  anyone  who  has  the  privilege  of  visiting  the  institution  it  is  a  revelation 
to  note  the  various  stages  of  improvement  marked  in  each  pupil  from  the  day 
he  enters  until  he  is  discharged,  entirely  cured,  with  no  "method"  to  continue 
or  follow  for  months  after.  Will  power  and  mental  energy,  a  result  of  the 
psychological  features  which  play  so  important  a  part  in  the  advanced 
Natural  Method,  are  developed  to  a  remarkable  extent  and  the  student 
leaves  the  school  to  go  back  into  a  newer  and  richer  life. 


PART  IX 

THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL  A  BLESSING 
TO  STAMMERERS 


CHAPTER  I 
PLAIN  FACTS  YOU  OUGHT  TO  KNOW 

STAMMERERS  attending  the  North-Western  School  for 
Stammerers  enroll  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  A  number  each  season  come  from  foreign  coun- 
tries, including  Australia,  India,  New  Zealand,  England,  Ber- 
muda, Hawaiian  Islands,  Cuba,  Philippine  Islands  and  the 
West  Indies. 

d,  Every  pupil  who  enrolls  is  assured  of  all  necessary  personal 
attention  until  satisfied  with  his  or  her  cure.  We  want  the  satis- 
faction to  be  mutual — on  the  student's  part  as  well  as  on  the  part 
of  the  school.     A  pleased  pupil  is  the  best  advertisement. 

€[  Popular  prices  are  charged  for  tuition  and  accommodations. 
Our  business  motto  is  "Live  and  let  live."  All  pupils  are  ac- 
cepted on  even  terms.  We  have  no  pets.  Our  work  is  to  cure 
one  and  all,  regardless  of  sentiment.  If  a  student  lags  behind, 
we  find  out  the  reason  and  remedy  same  immediately.  We  do 
our  best  to  perfect  a  complete,  natural  cure  as  soon  after  the 
pupil  enrolls  as  possible.  At  the  same  time,  no  pupil  is  ever 
urged  to  leave  the  institution.  That  part  is  entirely  optional 
with  the  pupil. 

CL  Our  evening  class  has  proved  a  boon  to  many  stammerers. 
After  being  in  our  regular  day  class  for  ten  days  or  two  weeks, 
any  pupil  is  privileged  to  accept  a  position  in  Milwaukee  and 
finish  his  course  in  our  evening  sessions.  One  tuition  pays  for 
both  day  and  evening  classes.  As  our  pupils  talk  naturally  at  all 
times  while  taking  treatment  here,  they  are  thus  able  to  secure 
good  positions  around  the  city  should  they  wish  to  economize 
on  expenses.  It  also  gives  them  an  opportunity  to  meet  and 
converse  with  strangers  in  order  to  further  develop  the  faculty 
of  free  and  easy  speech  and  realize  that  they  have  really  become 
cured  of  the  habit  of  stammering. 

104 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  105 

CHAPTER  II 

A  HOME  AND  SCHOOL  COMBINED 

C  No  institution  for  the  cure  of  stammering  can  claim  to  be 
first  class  unless  it  provides  a  home  and  school  for  its  students 
combined  in  one  institution.  The  North-Western  School  pro- 
vides a  veritable  home  for  those  receiving  our  training.  By 
dwelling  under  the  same  roof  and  being  in  daily  association  all 
the  students  become  members  of  one  family,  as  it  were,  and  con- 
versational practice  is  stimulated  in  this  manner  which  no 
other  course  could  supply.  The  "help  one  another"  policy  is 
here  put  into  effect  and  the  more  advanced  student  is  always  a 
willing  and  efficient  tutor  of  another  less  advanced,  should  he  be 
carelessly  inclined  in  his  talking. 

d  Despite  the  fact  that  there  is  "no  place  like  home,"  the  great 
majority  of  our  students  are  reluctant  to  leave  the  school,  so 
pleasant  has  their  stay  at  our  institution  been  to  them.  The 
student  at  this  school  is  led,  not  driven,  and  the  pervading  spirit 
of  generous  emulation  and  good  fellowship  actuates  them  to  do 
their  very  best,  both  in  the  school  and  during  intermission  of 
class  exercises.  The  leisure  moments  between  exercises  are  very 
necessary  for  proper  relaxation,  but  our  students  really  enjoy 
the  class-working  hours  more  than  the  time  spent  in  leisure,  which 
is  obviously  apparent  by  the  deep  interest  and  devotion  v/hich 
they  give  to  the  school  work. 


WOULDN'T  SUSPECT  HE  EVER  STAMMERED 

Mr.  L.  W.  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

My  Dear  Sir: — I  attended  your  school  four  years  ago  and  received  a  per- 
fect cure  and  have  not  had  a  re-occurrence  of  speech  trouble  from  that  time 
since.  All  it  takes  is  a  little  nerve  and  confidence  and  your  school  puts  these 
qualities  within  the  students  if  they  do  not  possess  them.  I  have  always 
been  very  well  satisfied  with  my  cure  and  people  whom  I  have  met  in  the  last 
few  years  never  suspected  that  I  ever  stammered.  I  recommend  your  school 
to  all  in  need  of  it  because  I  know  you  can  cure,  and  I  believe  your  institution 
to  be  the  largest  and  best  in  America.  You  have  beautiful  grounds  and  a 
splendid  location  for  the  school  and  I  notice  your  attendance  grows  larger 
from  year  to  year.  I  should  think  everyone  would  want  to  attend  your  school 
if  they  have  any  speech  trouble.  Hoping  these  few  words  may  put  cheer  and 
incouragement  in  the  hearts  of  those  who  read  them  and  lead  to  a  cure  at  your 
school,  I  remain,  Very  truly  yours, 

EDGAR  GIEGEL, 
610  Tenth  Ave.,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 


106  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  III 

A  FEW  WORDS  ABOUT  OUR  HOME 

C  I  say  "home"  because  I  look  upon  our  institution  as  far  more 
than  a  school  where  stammerers  assemble  to  get  cured  of  their 
various  speech  troubles.  This  is  not  a  cold-blooded  business 
enterprise  where  the  commercial  end  alone  is  considered.  Our 
new  institution  is  a  veritable  school  and  home  combined,  where 
our  students  are  treated  as  friends  and  companions.  You  not 
only  get  cured  of  stammering,  but  you  enjoy  life  while  taking  the 
course  and  are  made  to  feel  that  you  are  one  of  the  units  of  a  great 
institution,  erected  and  equipped  exclusively  as  a  school  and  home 
for  stammerers. 

€[  While  good  discipline  is  maintained  and  the  correction  of  your 
speech  impediment  is  first  to  be  considered,  the  social  side  of  life 
has  not  been  overlooked  nor  forgotten.  There  must  be  musicales, 
debates,  literary  programs  and  park  and  theater  parties  arranged. 
These  things,  when  supervised  in  an  orderly  manner,  add  to  the 
strength  of  the  course  by  allowing  time  for  relaxation.  There- 
fore, when  you  join  our  classes,  you  will  never  have  a  lonesome 
moment,  or  feel  that  you  are  in  any  way  ostracized  because  of 
your  stammering. 

€1  Without  boasting  in  the  least,  I  can  say  without  fear  of  con- 
tradiction, that  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers  now 
has  the  finest,  most  convenient  and  best  equipped  buildings  of 
any  school  for  stammerers  anywhere  in  the  world,  and  is  a  fitting 
monument  to  the  success  of  my  enterprise.  The  building  which 
is  being  used  as  the  main  home  and  dormitory  for  the  lady 
students  is  beautifully  equipped  and  finished  in  the  most  costly 
wood  obtainable  and  is  sure  to  meet  the  approval  of  pupils  from 
the  most  refined  homes.  The  other  building  contains  the  main 
classroom  and  lecture  hall,  which  is  of  extra  large  proportions 
and  is  especially  adapted  to  meet  every  requirement  of  our 
Advanced  Natural  Method  of  curing  any  and  all  cases  of  stam- 
mering. 

€1  The  dormitory  rooms  for  the  gentlemen  students  are  located 
in  this  building,  which  is  fireproof,  airy  and  spacious,  cool  in 
summer  and  warm  and  comfortable  in  winter.  The  grounds 
between  the  two  buildings  have  been  carefully  laid  out  by  land- 
scape  artists   and   decorated   with   the   finest   park   shrubbery. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  107 


Nothing  has  been  left  undone  which  would  add  to  its  beauty. 

€L  At  this  institution  the  dormitories  for  the  ladies  and  gentle- 
men students  are  on  the  same  grounds  with  the  school  building 
— a  feature  that  is  sure  to  appeal  to  all.  The  ladies'  dormitory 
is    under    direct    supervision    of    Mrs.    Lee    Wells    Millard. 

C  We  have  arranged  the  dormitories  to  take  care  of 
a  large  number  of  students,  it  being  desirable  that  the  students 
associate  with  each  other  as  much  as  possible,  because 
all  are  greatly  helped  thereby,  we  therefore  require  that 
students  occupy  rooms  in  our  dormitories  unless  you  arrange 
otherwise  with  us  before  enrollment.  If  you  have  friends  or 
relatives  in  Milwaukee,  take  up  with  me  the  matter  of  rooming 
with  them  before  coming.  However,  our  dormitories  are  modern, 
cozy  and  comfortable,  and,  everything  considered,  I  believe  you 
will  find  it  greatly  to  your  benefit  to  take  advantage  of  the  many 
special  accommodations  they  afford. 


MANY  STAMMERERS  ARE  NOW  BEING  CURED  AT  THE  NORTH- 
WESTERN SCHOOL 

Clipping  from  The  Wisconsin- News,  June,  1919. 

The  North- Western  Institute  for  Stammerers,  located  at  2316  Grand 
Ave.,  emerged  from  the  war  stronger  than  ever  and  the  attendance  during  the 
past  six  months  has  been  the  largest  in  the  history  of  the  school.  Ninety- 
three  stammerers  are  there  getting  cured  at  the  present  time.  Nearly  every 
state  in  the  Union  is  represented  with  students,  as  well  as  different  parts  of 
Canada.  The  school  has  accepted  applications  of  students  to  enroll  this 
summer  from  Australia,  New  Zealand,  Cuba,  Hawaiian  Islands,  Jamaica  and 
Bermuda. 

The  institution  has  its  own  buidlings,  erected  and  fully  equipped  for  curing 
stammering,  and  other  forms  of  imperfect  speech,  and  the  length  of  time  re- 
quired is  from  three  to  five  weeks.  The  school  is  mailing  out  a  beautiful, 
instructive  booklet  of  sixty-four  pages  which  fully  covers  the  subject  and  gives 
much  useful  information  to  stammerers  and  to  mothers  of  children  afflicted 
with  speech  impediments. 

This  splendid  school  has  been  located  in  Milwaukee  for  sixteen  years 
and  has  grown  to  be  the  largest  of  its  kind  in  the  world,  through  the  enter- 
prising method  of  its  management  and  because  of  the  merits  of  its  work  in 
curing  chronic  cases  of  all  known  types  of  stammering.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
the  school's  president  and  manager,  was  an  inveterate  stammerer  for  over 
twenty  years  and  visited  all  eastern  schools  of  this  nature  before  starting  his 
own  institution.  The  school  brings  thousands  of  dollars  to  Milwaukee  each 
season  from  all  parts  of  the  country  and  is  an  institution  of  which  this  city  can 
well  feel  proud. 


108  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  IV 
WHAT  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL  CAN  DO  FOR  YOU 

C  What  our  institution  has  done  for  others  it  can  do  for  you. 
But  if  you  continue  to  put  the  matter  off  from  season  to  season 
and  procrastinate,  little  can  be  done.  "The  road  of  by-and-by 
leads  to  the  town  of  'Never'."  Remember,  that  "Manana" 
(tomorrow)  is  the  permeating,  directing  force  in  the  average 
Mexican's  mind.  He  meets  every  task  and  duty  with  a  "Manana" 
and  in  consequence  the  Mexican's  task  is  never  done.  He  has 
never  caught  the  vital  importance  of  the  word  "NOW,"  the  word 
of  decision,  action  and  accomplishment. 

d,  What  our  school  has  done  for  others  it  can  do  for  you,  and 
the  renowned  high  standard  of  our  institution  is  still  in  the 
ascendancy  and  your  most  sanguine  hopes  and  expectations  will 
be  fulfilled  when  you  come  here  if  you  come  with  an  impression- 
able mind  and  a  desire  to  do  your  duty. 

DON'T  GIVE  UP  HOPE— YOU  CAN  BE  CURED 

C  If  you  have  failed  in  your  efforts  elsewhere,  that  is  no  valid 
reason  why  you  should  give  up  and  let  stammering  be  your 
master  for  all  time  to  come.  The  North-Western  School  for 
Stammerers  has  an  Advanced  Natural  Method  that  will  bring 
about  a  complete  cure  in  your  case,  no  matter  where  you  have 
failed  or  of  how  long  standing  your  impediment. 


HAD  EXPERIENCE  AT  OTHER  SCHOOLS 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — 

In  my  opinion  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers  is  the  best  in- 
stitution for  the  cure  of  stammering  and  for  the  treatment  of  other  speech 
defects  in  the  world.  Your  school  is  sure  to  grow  and  prosper,  because  you 
are  fair  and  square  to  everyone  and  your  method  of  cure  is  superior  to  any 
other. 

I  had  experience  in  the  L —  School  at  Detroit,  before  coming  to  you,  and 
for  the  benefit  of  others  will  say  my  course  at  the  Detroit  school  nearly  wrecked 
my  life.  I  gave  up  all  hope  for  a  cure  and  became  nervous  and  despondent. 
I  did  not  approve  of  the  "Jessie  James"  and  "Judas"  method  of  business 
tactics  at  the  L —  School  which  fleeced  the  stammerer  in  a  manner  contrary 
to  justice,  and  their  method  used  was  unpractical  and  unnatural,  and  few  had 
the  nerve  to  continue  it  after  leaving  that  school.  I  was  glad  to  find  none  of 
those  tricks  at  your  school  and  no  papers  of  any  kind  to  sign.  With  best 
wishes  for  the  success  of  your  school  and  its  excellent  method,  I  remain, 

Very  truly  yours, 
EARL  COCHRAN,     Atlanta,  Indiana. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  109 

CHAPTER  V 

WHAT  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL  HAS  DONE 
FOR  OTHERS 

€[  When  I  say  that  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers 
has  effected  more  genuine  and  lasting  cures  than  all  other  stam- 
mering schools  combined,  I  am  only  reiterating  the  statements 
and  remarks  of  our  pupils  brought  out  from  time  to  time  on  our 
classroom  platform — many  of  these  remarks  being  from  ex- 
pupils  who  previously  attended  several  other  institutions  for  the 
cure  of  stammering. 

€[  "Why  is  the  North- Western  School  able  to  bring  about  such 
wonderful  cures  after  others  have  failed?"  you  may  ask.  There 
are  many  reasons  for  this.  One  of  them  is  that  the  president  of 
this  school  was  a  stammerer  for  many  years,  and  all  the  assistants 
and  instructors  also  were  stammerers,  and  cured  under  the 
Advanced  Natural  Method,  originated  by  the  North -Western 
School  for  Stammerers.  Another  reason  for  such  splendid 
results  obtained  is  because  of  the  beautiful  location  of  the  in- 
stitution and  its  home-like  and  wholesome  surroundings  and  en- 
vironments. Another  reason  I  will  mention,  is  becuase  of  our 
natural  method,  which  is  far  in  advance  of  any  other.  To  fully 
explain  the  Advanced  Natural  Method,  by  which  we  cure,  would 
take  considerable  time  and  space.  To  be  brief  in  the  explana- 
tion I  will  say,  the  technical  features  of  our.  method,  are  control 
of  the  breath,  proper  adjustment  of  the  throat  when  phonating 
— continuity  of  the  voice,  lightness  of  articulation,  and  the  correct 
placing  of  the  speech  organs  for  fluent  talking.  In  other  words, 
the  student  is  enlightened  as  to  what  is  technically  meant  by 
breath,  voice  and  speech.  The  next  feature  of  the  cure  is  the 
pyschological  part  of  our  method,  pertaining  to  the  necessary 
positive  mental  attitude,  correct  thinking  and  use  of  the  will 
power,  and  how  to  make  the  mind  a  continuous  storage  battery 
of  nerve  energy,  etc. 

d  Our  institution  has  made  possible  the  successful  careers  of 
hundreds  of  former  stammerers,  who  have  gone  out  from  our 
school  with  fluent  speech;  calm,  self-possessed  and  confident  in 
manner  and  with  a  will  power  and  determination  that  spelled 
success.  Hardly  a  day  passes  but  that  some  former  student 
calls  on  the  school  and  expresses  his  satisfaction  for  the  course  of 
speech  training  which  he  derived  here.  Others  write  to  the 
school  and  tell  of  their  success. 


110  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


CHAPTER  VI 

STAMMERING  A  GREAT  HANDICAP 

C  No  other  condition  of  life  causes  so  much  mental  misery,  silent 
grief  and  humiliation  as  a  defective  utterance.  Of  all  ill  habits, 
stammering  heads  the  list,  and  brings  about  more  misfortune  to 
the  one  afflicted,  than  any  other  habit  or  infirmity.  The  stam- 
merer is  handicapped  in  getting  and  holding  good  positions  where 
talking  is  concerned,  he  is  too  full  of  negative  doubt  and  mental 
fear  to  get  up  and  address  an  assembly  of  people  and  in  school 
and  college  life  he  is  embarrassed  and  depressed  to  such  an  extent 
that  he  loses  interest  and  feels  that  his  recitations  are  a  bore,  not 
only  to  himself  but  his  teachers. 

C  He  cannot  even  go  out  with  a  lady  friend  to  a  theater,  without 
having  difficulty  in  asking  for  a  transfer  on  a  street  car,  or  in 
purchasing  tickets  at  the  box  office.  He  does  not  ask  for  sym- 
pathy nor  pity.  He  feels  disgusted  and  very  often  ill-tempered, 
and  the  exasperating  part  of  it  all  is  the  mystery,  of  why  he  should 
continue  to  stammer,  when  he  tries  so  hard  to  talk  correctly. 

d  The  mystery  can  only  be  solved  properly  by  one  who  has  been 
a  stammerer  and  who  now  makes  a  specialty  of  curing  others. 
One  who  has  had  many  years  of  experience  in  successfully  treat- 
ing stammering  of  every  known  type. 

H  It  is  always  best  to  go  to  an  institution  where  the  surround- 
ings are  homelike  and  wholesome  and  the  environments  favor- 
able. To  a  school  whose  buildings  were  erected  purposely  for  the 
curing  of  stammering,  and  whose  every  facility  is  to  enhance  and 
bring  about  quick  and  permanent  cures.  That  the  Advanced 
Natural  Method  employed  at  this  institution,  is  conceded  every- 
where, as  the  best  in  the  world,  is  a  fact  beyond  dispute. 

C  A  cure  is  absolutely  certain,  when  a  reasonable  effort  is  put 
forth  by  the  pupil,  and  he  is  able  to  leave  this  school  speaking  as 
easily,  as  rapidly  and  as  fluently,  as  any  person  who  has  never 
stammered,  with  no  ''method"  to  continue  or  keep  up  afterwards. 
Hence  any  stammerer  owes  it  not  only  to  himself,  but  it  is  a  duty 
he  owes  to  his  family  and  to  his  friends,  to  rid  himself  of  this 
distressing  and  humiliating  habit  at  the  earliest  possible  moment. 


A  scientific  attitude  toward  the  future  is  growth  and  wisdom. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  111 

CHAPTER  VII 
A  WORD  TO  LADY  PUPILS 

€[  At  no  institution  are  lady  pupils  made  to  feel  so  at  home  as  at 
the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers.  Mrs.  Lee  Wells 
Millard  is  in  direct  charge  of  our  Ladies'  Dormitory,  whose 
interest  in  looking  after  the  wants  of  the  lady  pupils,  has  been  a 
source  of  comfort  and  convenience  long  remembered  by  them. 
C  Our  Advanced  Natural  Method  appeals  to  the  sensitive  nature 
of  our  lady  pupils  because  there  is  nothing  humiliating  or  em- 
barrassing in  connection  with  method.  Particular  attention  is 
given  to  the  class  order  and  the  cultured  and  refined  need  have 
no  fear  of  any  embarrassing  situation  in  which  they  might  be 
placed.  

CHAPTER  VIII 

TO  PARENTS  AND  GUARDIANS 

d  Accommodations  are  provided  by  this  institution  for  those 
who  desire  to  accompany  their  son  or  daughter,  or  who  wish  to 
send  a  guardian.  The  large  home  of  the  president  of  the  in- 
stitution is  located  on  the  same  grounds  with  the  school,  and  a 
number  of  pleasant  rooms  are  available  during  the  summer 
months  to  parents  of  children  taking  the  course. 
4[  Parents  can  rest  assured  and  feel  satisfied  that  their  children 
placed  in  our  care,  will  be  well  and  properly  cared  for.  Our 
pupils  are  surrounded  with  wholesome  literature  and  moral  in- 
fluences and  the  attention  we  give  to  the  younger  members  of  our 
classes,  is  one  of  the  important  features  of  our  work. 
C  Parents  often  accompany  their  children  here,  contemplating 
staying  with  them  during  their  course,  but  many  of  them  return 
home  within  a  few  days,  leaving  the  child  with  us,  being  satisfied 
within  a  short  time  that  their  children  are  being  well  cared  for 

here. 

MONEY  LEFT  IN  TRUST 

C.  Our  students  who  bring  with  them  surplus  money  with  which 
to  defray  expenses,  deposit  it  with  the  school  treasury.  The 
banking  system  at  this  institution  enables  our  pupils  to  deposit 
and  withdraw  their  money  the  same  as  a  savings  bank,  but  with 
the  additional  privilege  of  withdrawing  from  their  account 
Saturday  afternoons,  Sundays  and  holidays  when  the  regular 
banks  would  be  closed. 


PART  X 
QUESTIONS  AND  ANSWERS 


CHAPTER  I 

A  BUSINESS-LIKE  TALK 
WITH  LEE  WELLS  MILLARD,  IN  WHICH  A  FEW  POINTED  QUES- 
TIONS ARE  ASKED  AND  ANSWERED 

"Ti  JTR.  Millard,  I  am  a  stammerer;  will  you  give  me  your 
lyl    best  advice  in  the  matter?" 

CL  My  advice  to  you  is:     Take  a  course  of  natural 
speech  training  and  be  cured. 

€[  "When  would  you  advise  me  to  begin  such  a  course?" 
C  At  once — just  as  soon  as  you  can  arrange  to. 
Ct  "Well,  really,  I  am  too  busy  to  come  at  present,  Mr.  Millard." 

C  I  do  not  presume  to  know  how  busy  you  are  at  present  but  I 
do  know  that  the  average  person  is  always  busy,  and  unless  you 
make  it  a  business  of  putting  other  things  aside  you  will  find  that 
weeks  and  months  will  pass  away  and  you'll  still  be  "very  busy." 

€1  "I  agree  with  you.     But  how  and  why  is  your  school  different 

than  other  stammering  schools  nearer  my  home  that  I   could 

attend?" 

t[  Because,  when  perfecting  our  method  and  establishing  our 

school,  we  did  not  follow  the  beaten  paths  of  tradition.     I  had 

attended  other  schools  and  realized  the  fallacy  and  lack  of  natural 

science  in  their  methods  of  treatment,  and  was  thus  enabled  to 

steer  clear  of  others'  mistakes.     The  outcome  was  the  founding 

of  this  institution  and  the  Advanced  Natural  Method,  where  the 

whole  work  of  a  perfect,  natural  cure  is  brought  about  before 

the  pupil  departs. 

C  "That  sounds  very  good  to  me.     Will  you  tell  me  something 

more  about  it?" 

€L  Our  Advanced  Natural  Method  disposes  of  stammering  and 

builds  up  a  system  of  natural  speech  that  is  perfectly  free  and 

112 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  113 

easy  to  command,  and  when  the  pupil  graduates  from  here  he  is 
cured  in  every  sense  of  the  word,  and  not  hampered  by  time- 
beating  and  sing-songing  his  words,  which  characterizes  the 
methods  of  several  well  known  institutions. 

C  "Why  did  these  other  institutions  adopt  such  methods, 
do  you  think?" 

C  Well,  I  presume  they  worked  on  the  theory  that  "desperate 
diseases  require  desperate  remedies."  And  they  seemed  to 
forget  that  stammering  is  a  misdirection  of  energy  and  effort 
and  that  Mother  Nature  is  ready  to  do  her  part  if  the  stammerer 
will  cease  from  forcing  and  striving  in  an  unnatural  manner  for 
speech. 

d  "Mr.  Millard,  who  was  one  of  the  first  to  start  this  hand- 
juggling  or  unnatural  method?" 

Q  It  seems  to  have  been  brought  from  Germany  to  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  by  a  Mrs.  Schultz,  about  thirty  years  ago,  and  in  the  year 
1884  became  firmly  established  in  Philadelphia  by  a  former  pupil 
of  Mrs.  Schultz,  who  called  it  "The  Pioneer  School  for  Stam- 
merers." Since  that  date  a  former  pupil  of  "The  Pioneer  School 
for  Stammerers"  brought  it  to  Detroit  and  established  another  of 
its  kind  in  the  year  1894,  and  some  years  later  the  method  found 
a  home  in  Indianapolis  and  Kansas  City. 

C  "Mr.  Millard,  what  am  I  to  understand  by  the  Advanced 
Natural  Method?" 

C  The  Advanced  Natural  Method  is  the  latest  and  most  scien- 
tific manner  of  speech  training  known  to  the  world  and  is  char- 
acterized by  its  ability  to  correct  and  cure  stammering  and  leave 
nothing  unnatural  in  connection  with  the  pupil's  speech  after  the 
stammering  is  removed. 

C^  "That  seems  almost  too  good  to  be  true.  Pardon  my  in- 
credulity, but  is  it  a  fact  that  the  pupil  may  take  a  course  in  your 
institution  and  never  be  embarrassed  by  his  training  under  your 
natural  method  and  leave  your  school  talking  smoothly  and  easily 
without  further  fear  or  thought  of  stammering.?" 
C  That  is  precisely  what  a  course  of  natural  speech  training  here 
means.  Our  pupils  are  never  subjected  to  humiliation  in  any 
form,  shape  or  manner,  and  this  correct  and  fluent  way  of  talking 
can  be  brought  about,  on  an  average,  in  from  three  to  seven 
weeks'  time. 


1 14  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

d  "How  do  you  account  for  such  rapid  progress  in  your  school?" 

d  By  the  simple  fact  that  the  North-Western  School  method  has 
the  whole  power  of  nature  and  science  behind  it,  and  that  the 
natural  method  of  correcting  a  natural  mistake  is  the  easiest  and 
surest  way  of  doing  it,  and  the  most  permanent  and  enduring. 

CI.  "Is  the  tuition  higher  for  a  course  of  natural  speech  training 
in  your  school  than  it  is  at  a  school  where  the  unnatural  method 
is  taught,  and  where  the  pupil  leaves  one  of  these  others  schools 
half  cured?" 

d  Not  any  higher  and  oftentimes  not  so  much.  It  costs  no  more 
to  do  a  thing  right  than  it  does  to  do  it  incorrectly.  An  institu- 
tion employing  an  unnatural  method  may  be  in  the  business  purely 
for  the  financial  gains,  and  you  may  rest  assured  that  a  school  of 
that  kind  will  ask  all  it  can  get.  It  has  no  set  rate  of  tuition  in  its 
catalog. 

d  "What  is  meant  by  an  unscientific  or  unnatural  method?" 

CI  A  method  that  depends  for  success  upon  the  substitution 
of  one  form  of  imperfect  speech  for  another.  A  method  that  is 
employed  to  cure  stammering  by  time-beating  and  sing-songing, 
which  attracts  as  much  if  not  more,  unfavorable  attention  than 
stammering  itself. 

d  "Then  this  is  why  so  many  pupils  fail  elsewhere  and  are 
eventually  cured  of  stammering  to  talk  in  a  natural  perfect  man- 
ner in  your  school?" 

d  It  is.  I  can  show  you  hundreds  of  letters  from  my  correspon- 
dents, who,  having  utterly  failed,  are  today  planning  to  enter  this 
institution.  I  can  prove  to  you  that  what  I  have  said  is  correct, 
by  the  many  testimonials  I  have  on  record  from  pupils  of  that 
kind  who  have  already  taken  advantage  of  our  school  and  are 
cured  of  stammering  and  have  entered  business  and  various  pro- 
fessions, made  possible  by  the  training  under  our  natural  method. 

d  "Is  it  best  to  notify  you  before  coming?" 

d  It  is  not  exactly  necessary  to  do  so,  but  it  would  please  me 
because  our  school  is  always  well  attended  the  year  around,  and 
by  sending  in  your  application  for  admission  in  advance,  you  are 
sure  of  good  accommodation,  and  it  enables  me  to  reserve  and 
provide  a  good  position  for  you  in  class. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  115 

Ct  "Mr.  Millard,  what  do  you  mean  by  mind  training  or  psy- 
chology as  connected  with  your  system  of  cure?" 

H  Stammering  is  partially  mental,  and  therefore,  mind  training 
goes  hand  in  hand  with  the  technical  features  of  the  cure.  Psy- 
chology refers  to  the  mind,  and  the  psychological  features  em- 
bodied in  my  course  of  speech  training  are  absolutely  essential 
to  the  effectiveness  and  permanency  of  the  cure.  That  is  one 
reason  why  we  are  successful  when  others  fail. 

€[  "Does  your  institution  furnish  a  school  and  home  com- 
bined." 

€L  It  does,  and  since  erecting  my  latest  new  buildings,  I  have 
ample  room  for  all  who  enroll.  My  school  buildings  are  so  ar- 
ranged that  I  can  add  to  them,  as  my  future  business  increases. 

C  "Can  a  pupil  enter  your  school  at  any  time?" 

€[  Yes,  my  beginner's  class  is  always  open,  and  each  week,  a 
number  of  new  pupils  enroll  the  year  around. 

C  "Do  you  keep  your  school  open  during  the  holiday  season  and 
during  the  summer  vacation  months?" 

€[  My  institution  always  runs  full  force  during  the  holidays 
and  the  summer  vacation  months.  In  fact,  it  has  never  been 
closed  for  a  day  in  sixteen  years.     (Sundays  excepted.) 

4[  "May  a  pupil  enroll  if  he  reaches  there  on  Sunday?" 

€L  Yes,  while  there  are  no  classes  here  on  Sunday,  I  often  enroll 
pupils  who  arrive  here  on  a  Sunday.  They  are  given  the  school 
text  book  for  perusal  and  are  assigned  to  a  pleasant  room  where 
they  may  unpack  their  suit-case  or  trunk  and  get  ready  for  the 
first  class  on  Monday  morning. 

H  "I  thank  you,  Mr.  Millard,  for  this  interview,  and  I  hope  to  be 
with  you  much  sooner  than  I  had  at  first  planned,  and  I  feel  con- 
fident that  yours  is  the  school  for  me  to  attend." 


All  architects  of  accomplishment  must  honor  the  law 
of  expression. 


PART  XI 
BUSINESS  POINTERS  AND  SUGGESTIONS 


CHAPTER  I 
TUITION,  BOARD  AND  ROOM 

I  BELIEVE  this  is  the  only  stammering  school  in  America 
which  has  its  tuition  cataloged.     This  shows  our  intentions 
are  straight  forward  and  honest,  and  that  we  don't  "land  pupils 
at  all  prices." 

C  However,  it  does  cost  a  reasonable  sum  to  attend  a  first-class 
institution  for  the  cure  of  stammering,  conducted  along  modern 
and  scientific  lines. 

TUITION 

C  The  management  of  this  school  has  established  a  tuition  rate 
of  $150.00  for  moderate  cases  and  $300.00  for  the  severe  or  more 
aggravated  types  of  stammering. 

TERMS 

C  Tuition  is  payable  when  the  pupil  enrolls,  because  of  the  fact 
that  our  method  is  mostly  on  charts  in  our  class  room  and  easily 
copied  off. 

BOARD  AND  ROOM 

C  The  price  of  good  board  and  a  pleasant  room  is  $9.50  per  week 
and  upward,  according  to  the  size  of  the  room  and  dependent  on 
whether  the  student  wishes  to  occupy  the  room  alone  or  share  it 
with  another. 

C  The  privileges  of  a  furnished  room  in  our  institution  includes 
bed  clothes,  heat,  electric  light,  towels,  bath,  and  books  and 
magazines  from  our  school  library. 


The  presence  of  a  positive  character,  inspires  us  to  win. 

116 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  117 


CHAPTER  II 
LIBERTY  BONDS  ACCEPTED 

C^  The  North-Western  School  Treasury  will  accept  Liberty 
Bonds  at  their  full  value,  on  payment  of  tuition.  If  you  have 
a  $50  Liberty  Bond  and  you  are  a  little  short  of  money  to  take 
the  course  here,  hand  it  in  the  same  as  cash  at  its  full  market 
value  when  paying  your  tuition.  You  have  helped  the  govern- 
ment by  purchasing  a  Liberty  Bond,  now  utilize  the  bond  by 
securing  liberty  of  speech  for  yourself. 


CHAPTER  III 
WHY  OUR  TUITION  CHARGE  IS  MODERATE 

€t  As  a  matter  of  fact,  our  institution  has  always  been  very  moder- 
ate in  its  tuition  rates.  Having  been  an  inveterate  stammerer 
for  over  20  years,  I  can  appreciate  fully  the  handicap  and  em- 
barrassment of  all  who  are  afflicted  with  a  speech  impediment. 

C^  My  enthusiasm  over  the  wonderful  results  obtained  by  my 
Advanced  Natural  Method  in  curing  myself,  prompted  me  to 
resolve  that  I  would  devote  the  remainder  of  my  life  in  curing 
others  shackled  and  handicapped  by  the  habit  of  stammering. 

4[  The  manifold  blessings  echoed  from  all  parts  of  the  civilized 
globe,  have  proven  that  my  efforts  have  been  a  success  without 
precedent. 

C  Inasmuch  as  the  majority  of  stammerers  are  of  moderate 
means  and  cannot  afford  to  pay  an  exhorbitant  tuition  rate,  I 
have  kept  the  tuition  as  low  as  possible,  consistent  with  the  high 
standard  of  maintaining  this  institution,  thus  giving  all  an  equal 
chance  of  obtaining  a  perfect  cure. 

C  As  much  personal  interest  is  devoted  to  the  stammerer  of 
moderate  circumstances,  as  to  those  blessed  with  a  greater 
abundance  of  worldly  riches. 

€[  Thus  I  have  proven  that  more  good  has  been  accomplished 
by  curing  more  students  at  a  moderate  price  than  a  few  students 
at  an  exhorbitant  price. 


118  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  IV 
CONCERNING  A  GUARANTEE 

4[  We  do  not,  as  a  general  rule,  guarantee  a  cure  because  it 
savors  too  strongly  of  quackery  for  a  reliable  institution  to  do  so. 

€1  Invariably,  when  a  stammering  school  boldly  guarantees  a 
cure  in  its  literature,  their  method  consists  of  a  hand-swing, 
time-beat  or  unit  method,  and  there  is  always  a  string  tied  to 
the  guarantee. 

€L  A  number  of  stammerers,  ex-pupils  from  other  stammering 
schools,  who  did  not  get  a  cure  and  could  not  bear  the  humilia- 
tion of  following  out  the  "method",  have  given  us  their  instruc- 
tion or  regulation  blanks  filled  out  and  signed  by  those  in 
authority  at  said  hand-swing,  time-beat  or  unit  method  school, 
whereby  the  pupil  is  instructed  to  give  constant  application 
of  the  "method"  at  all  times  for  each  syllable  spoken,  and  to 
practice  the  exercises  received  at  those  institutions  over  an  hour 
each  day,  for  a  term  of  six  months,  after  leaving  the  institute. 

4[  The  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers  is,  in  reality, 
more  capable  of  guaranteeing  a  cure  than  any  other  stammer- 
ing school,  because  by  following  the  Advanced  Natural  Method 
it  is  impossible  to  stammer — and  there  is  nothing  unnatural  or 
embarrassing  connected  with  the  student's  speech  and  no  method 
or  exercises  to  be  followed  out  after  leaving  our  school. 


WAS  CURED  IN  TWO  AND  ONE-HALF  WEEKS 

Lee  Wells  Millard,  Viola,  Wis.,  May  25th,  1919. 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — I  want  to  write  you  a  few  lines  to  tell  you  about  my- 
self, because  I  know  you  are  interested  in  all  former  students.  I  attended  your 
school  for  two  and  one-half  weeks  a  year  ago,  and  was  cured. 

I  spent  last  summer  in  Idaho  and  had  absolutely  no  trouble  with  my  speech. 
I  was  a  senior  in  high  school  this  year  and  completed  the  course  with  high 
honors,  thanks  to  your  institution.  We  had  a  class  play  which  I  took  a  very 
important  part  in  and  although  my  part  contained  many  words  which  bothered 
me  in  the  past,  I  had  no  trouble  at  all  in  talking.  I  was  valedictorian  of  my 
high  school  class  and  gave  a  talk  before  a  large  assembly  of  people.  Never  be- 
fore have  I  so  realized  the  wonderful  things  your  school  did  for  me.  I  have 
just  directed  a  stammerer  of  Twin  Bluffs,  Wis.,  to  go  to  your  school,  because 
I  know  it  is  the  best.  I  can  truthfully  say  that  I  never  spent  such  an  enjoy- 
able time  before  in  my  life  as  I  did  at  your  school. 

Yours  very  sincerely, 

DOROTHY  FISHEL. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  119 


CHAPTER  V 
SUGGESTIONS  FOR  EARNING  BOARD  AND  ROOM 
{[  Many  pupils,  whose  means  are  limited,  earn  their  board  while 
taking  their  course  of  treatment,  as  there  is  ample  opportunity 
for  earning  board  and  room  without  interfering  with  the  class- 
work. 

C  Others  enroll  at  our  institution  and  after  being  in  our  regular 
day  classes  for  a  week,  secure  a  position  in  this  city,  and  finish 
their  course  of  speech  training  in  our  evening  classes. 

EVENING  SESSIONS 

C  Our  evening  sessions  have  thus  proven  a  boon  to  many  a 
stammerer  who  could  not  see  his  way  clear  to  attend  any  other 
way.  One  tuition  pays  for  both  day  and  evening  classes. 
€[  Because  our  method  is  natural  and  there  is  nothing  notice- 
able in  talking  different  than  other  persons,  our  pupils  can  accept 
any  position  while  taking  a  course  of  training  here  and  complete 
the  cure  in  our  evening  classes.  Few  pupils  stammer  after  being 
here  the  first  week.  Working  while  in  this  city  gives  them  a 
chance  to  try  out  the  cure  before  going  home. 
C  Pupils  working  in  the  city  and  attending  the  evening  classes 
can  keep  their  room  at  the  institution  and  thus  be  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  school. 


CHAPTER  VI 

STAMMERING  A  PERSONAL  MATTER 

d  Stammering  is  a  personal  matter  and  concerns  yourself  more 
vitally  than  any  one  else.  No  one  else  stands  the  pain  and  mental 
anguish  of  your  impediment  but  yourself.  In  your  present  con- 
dition you  have  nothing  but  foredoomed  failure  to  look  forward 
to.  Stammering  if  let  run,  gradually  tightens  its  hold  on  you 
until  you  fairly  shun  the  society  of  your  fellow  beings.  Life  is  too 
short  to  waste  any  more  time  of  if  stammering.  I  am  sure  you 
have  resolved  many  times  to  be  cured  but  have  allowed  something 
of  less  importance  to  intervene.  You  have  waited  for  a  more 
favorable  time — until  conditions  at  home  were  just  right — but 
you  will  never  find  things  "just  right"  in  this  world.  You  must 
plan  your  work,  then  work  your  plan.  Don't  wait  for  oppor- 
tunity but  make  it.  Set  your  sails  today  for  the  harbor  of  perfect 
speech — this  school. 


120  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

CHAPTER  VII 
SEND  IN  YOUR  APPLICATION  EARLY 

C  All  indications  point  toward  a  record-breaking  attendance  at 
our  school  during  each  month  of  the  year.  I  am  prepared  to 
receive  a  larger  number  of  students  than  ever  before. 

€1  You  have  nothing  to  gain  by  delay.  By  enrolling  now  you 
will  make  a  material  saving,  but  most  important  of  all,  you  will 
have  taken  the  first  step  toward  perfect  speech.  The  shackles 
of  stammering  will  begin  to  grow  less  binding  the  moment  your 
application  for  admission  is  sent  to  this  school. 

€[  No  one  else  around  you  knows  how  you  long  to  talk  like 
others — in  a  free,  easy,  spontaneous  manner — without  physical 
strain  or  mental  fear,  entirely  free  from  the  self-conscious 
negative  state  of  mind  in  which  all  stammerers  live.  There- 
fore it  revolves  upon  you  to  assert  your  right  to  be  cured — obey 
that  impulse — fill  out  the  blank  below  and  mail  at  once. 


APPLICATION  FOR  ADMISSION 

Please  enter  my  name  as  an  applicant  for  admission  to  your 
institution. 

Name 

Street  and  Number 

City  or  P.  O.  Address 

Rural  Route  or  P.  O.  Box 

County State 

I  expect  to  enroll  as  a  student  in  your  school  on  or  about 
192 

C  Sending  in  your  application  blank  does  not  in  any  way  bind 
you  to  enroll,  but  it  enables  us  to  determine  the  number  of 
pupils  to  provide  for. 


121 


122 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


Snapshot  of  students  at  park  just  before  picnic  dinner  is  served. 


Students  entering  Washington  Park  to  enjoy  a  week-end  half  holiday.  Tennis,  Golf,  Base- 
ball and  other  out-door  sports  are  provided  for  our  students  at  the  various  parks  in 
Milwaukee. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


123 


Students  of  our  school  enjoying  a  swim  at  McKinley  Beach,  Milwaukee.  One  of  the 
pupils  here  shown,  traveled  all  the  way  from  Australia  to  get  cured  under  our  Advanced 
Natural  Method. 


Students  enjoying  the  half-holiday,  Saturday  afternoon,  at  one  of  Milwaukee's  beauti- 
ful parks.  Basket  picnics  and  other  outing  features  are  arranged  for  our  students  each  week 
during  the  summer. 


124 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


Students  of  the  North-Western  School  snapped  by  the  camera  while  choosing  sides 
for  a  game  of  baseball. 


One  of  the  many  attractions  at  the  Milwaukee  Zoological  Garden.     Polar  bears 
performing  to  the  delight  of  our  students. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


125 


A  portion  of  our  students,  awaiting  the  dinner  call,  caught  by  the  camera  of  another 
student.  Note  their  cheerful  faces— happy  with  the  thought  that  they  are  at  the  right  school, 
where  perfect  speech  is  brought  about  without  embarrassment. 


A  group  of  our  students  caught  by  the  camera  on  the  lawn   by  the  main  school   building, 
during  recess. 


126 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


A  view  from  one  of  Milwaukee's  famous  parks.     No  city  in  the 
world  has  a  greater  variety  of  natural  parks. 


Buffalo  quarters,  Washington  Park  Zoo,  Milwaukee.     This  Zoo  is   noted  for  its  fine  col- 
lection and  handsome  specimens  of  the  different  animals,  reptiles,  birds  etc. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


127 


Milwaukee  River,  within  the  city  limits,  affords  much  pleasure  to 
our  students,  who  are  lovers  of  the  various  water  sports. 


MM; 

• 

!  .•£• '        ■■'-: 

s^  "^yflil 

V 

?Wk^m 

2  ;  L'j  1 

tC    '•     a.k.            '*5i^*^r          ■*- 

3»Hte^,Bw^i^5rr«^(W^_«J^3^ 

The  Xorth-Western  School  is  lo< 
section,  among  stately  dwellings 


tted  on  Grand  Avenue  in  the  most  prominent  residential 
Milwaukee  is  noted  as  a  city  of  beautiful  homes. 


128 


Stammering — 7/5  Origin  and 


PICTURESQUE  VIEWS    OF   BEAUTIFUL    MILWAUKEE 

You  will  be  Impressed  with  the  Beauty  of  Upper  Grand  Avenue 

and  the  Convenience  of  the  Many  Churches  Near  the 

North-Western  School  for  Stammerers. 


Upper  Grand  Avenue,  showing  Gesu  Church  in  the  distance. 


The  "Court  of  Honor,"  upper  Grand  Avenue,  M.  E.  Church  on  right. 


The  Advanced   Natural  Method  of  Cure 


129 


Wesley  M.  E.  Church,  25th  and  Grand  Avenue,  just  a 
block  from  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers. 


Milwaukee  is  the  second  largest  industrial  city  in  the  United  States.  More  than  150,000 
people  are  employed  in  its  factories.  Many  of  our  students  of  moderate  means  procure  em- 
ployment and  complete  their  course  of  speech  training  in  our  evening  classes. 


130 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


TALKS  FINE— DOESN'T  STAMMER  ANY  MORE 

Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — I  wish  to  inform  you  that  I  am  talking  fine  and  don't 
stammer  any  more  or  have  any  kind  of  trouble  in  speaking.  I  started  in  high 
school  this  fall  and  surprised  my  teachers  with  my  talking.  They  thought  it 
wonderful. 

Before  I  attended  the  North- Western  School  for  stammerers,  I  was  told 
that  I  could  not  get  cured  of  stammering.  When  I  came  back  these  same 
people  thought  different.  I  spoke  at  a  Ladies'  Guild  and  never  even  thought 
of  stammering.     I  answered  all  questions  they  asked  me  with  perfect  ease. 

I  have  told  of  my  cure  over  and  over  again  to  many  people,  and  I  am  very 
glad  to  recommend  your  school  to  all  who  stutter  or  stammer,  or  have  any  other 
kind  of  speech  impediment.  I  had  a  severe  case  myself  and  could  not  say  my 
own  name  or  relate  anything,  but  I  received  a  complete  cure  in  your  school 
in  six  week's  time.  I  will  write  to  anyone  I  can  hear  of  and  tell  them  what  a 
wonderful  school  you  have.     Thanking  you,  I  am, 

Your  grateful  ex-pupil, 

ROBERT  M.  MARTIN, 

421  Duff  St.  Mitchell,  So.  Dak. 


i       »'    rH<  'V 


Skating  at  one  of  Milwaukee  popular  parks,  affords  our'students  much  sport  and  is  a  very 
healthful  pastime  during  intermission  of  classes. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  131 


Y.  M.  C.  A.  PRIVILEGES 

In  keeping  with  the  high  morale  at  the  North-Western 
School,  the  social  privileges  of  the  Milwaukee  Y.  M.  C.  A.,  in- 
cluding the  lobby,  lectures,  checkers,  reading  and  rest  rooms, 
and  by  special  arrangement,  the  privileges  of  the  excellent 
swimming  pool,  showers,  hand  ball  courts  and  large  gymnasium, 
as  well  as  the  pool  and  billiard  rooms,  afford  our  students  many 
pleasures  and  add  to  their  social,  spiritual  and  physical  devel- 
opment. 

The  Association  buildings  are  located  within  a  half  block 
of  Grand  Avenue  and  only  a  few  minutes  from  our  school. 

Many  interesting  and  beneficial  lectures  and  talks  are  fre- 
quently given  to  our  students  by  noted  Y.  M.  C.  A.  men, 
statesmen,  physicians,  attorneys,  as  well  as  by  prominent  edu- 
cators and  clergymen. 

The  bible  classes  at  the  local  Y.  M.  C.  A.  and  various 
churches  afford  our  students  spiritual  development,  besides 
giving  them  an  excellent  opportunity  of  practice  in  talking 
with  strangers. 


Jl*JPf 


«  PI!  |  | 


.Milwaukee  Association  Buildings 


132 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


Milwaukee  Young  Men's  Christian  Association 

John  P.  Hillis,  Secretary  Special  Activities 


Milwaukee,  Wis.,  June  14th,  1920. 
Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard,  President 
The  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers, 
2316  Grand  Avenue 
Dear  Mr.  Millard: 

It  has  been  my  privilege  to  visit  your  school  and  address  the  students  at 
various  times  during  the  past  two  years.  I  have  observed  somewhat  your 
method  of  teaching  and  have  noted  the  success  therefrom  amongst  the  boys 
who  have  lived  here  in  our  building  and  others  who  come  within  our 
membership. 

Wishing  you  continued  success,  I  remain 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

JOHN  P.  HILLIS, 

Secretary  Special  Activities. 


Excellent  Swimming  Pool— An  attractive  feature  at  the  Milwaukee  Y.  M.  C.  A. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure 


133 


In  the  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Lobby  by  the  Big  Open  Fire  Place 


Y.  M.  C.  A.  Gymnasium 


134 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


TRAVELED  OVER  15,000 
MILES  TO  BE  CURED 

Melbourne,  Australia, 
April  30th,  1920. 
To  Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard: 

In  recognition  and  deep  appreci- 
ation and  gratitude  for  many  kind- 
nesses and  the  permanent  benefits 
and  perfect  speech  derived  under 
your  effective  and  efficient  method 
of  speech  training. 

Your  system  has  transformed  me 
into  a  different  man  and  has  in- 
creased my  efficiency.  I  have  found 
the  greatest  blessing  of  life  at  your 
school. 

You  have  won  and  deservedly  so 
my  sincere  gratitude. 

FRANK  BOYD. 

Note — Mr.  Boyd  is  51  years  of  age, 
thus  proving  that  our  Advanced  Natural 
Method  cures  stammering  as  easily  and 
efficiently  at  middle  age  as  in  youth. 

A  FOND  FAREWELL 

("I  gladly  congratulate  your  school  for 
the  work  done  and  will  continue  to  do  for 
man-kind.  God  bless  you  and  your  loved 
ones.     Good  bye."      FRANK  BOYD.) 


ALLAN  LINE 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  135 


TRAVELED  FROM  AUSTRALIA   TO  BE  CURED 

Hotel  Atlantic,  Chicago,  111.,  April  23rd,  1920. 
Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard:— Arriving  today  from  St.  Louis,  I  am  looking  forward 
with  considerable  pleasure  to  a  visit  to  the  school.  The  school  has  supplied 
a  great  want  in  my  life — just  what  I  needed  most.  Your  effective  methods  are 
as  far  reaching  as  the  needs  of  humanity.  It  is  a  national  asset.  Increasing 
the  efficiency  of  the  individual  is  increasing  the  efficiency  of  the  nation.  To 
harmonize  the  mind  is  to  harmonize  the  life.  The  power  of  a  spoken  word  is  a 
mighty  power.  To  think  well  and  speak  well  is  inseparable.  As  we  think,  so 
we  express  ourselves  and  so  we  are.  Prosperity  is  not  estimated  in  dollars 
and  cents,  but  in  ideas.  The  measure  of  a  man's  culture  is  in  the  richness 
of  his  vocabulary.  This  is  the  standard  by  which  he  is  measured.  Timidity 
slows  down  mental  action  and  makes  us  less  than  we  really  are.  Confidence 
is  essential — without  it  we  lack  all. 

Your  work  is  constructive — it  is  a  work  of  overcoming  mental  limitations 
and  physical  difficulties.  You  teach  the  pupil  how  to  overcome  by  courage. 
In  this  you  use  the  greatest  positive  power.  Courage  is  as  positive  as  love. 
"Perfect  love  casts  out  fear."  You  build  a  state  of  mental  consciousness  that 
knows  no  fear.  Your  pupils  forget  their  limitations  and  speak  with  fluency 
and  rejoice  in  freedom.  You  deal  intelligently  with  every  form  of  defective 
speech  and  voice.  The  stage  fright  condition  is  general  among  business  men. 
They  should  demonstrate  over  their  weakness  by  attending  your  school. 

I  desire  for  the  school's  success  in  its  increased  and  inc  easing  efficiency. 
It  has  enriched  and  is  destined  to  enrich  the  lives  of  many. 

I  will  know  in  a  few  days  when  it  will  be  possible  for  me  to  visit  Milwaukee, 
and  renew  the  happy  days  that  passed  all  too  quickly  away.  I  trust  yourself 
and  your  dear  ones  are  well  and  the  school  is  in  flourishing  condition. 

With  best  wishes, 

Yours  very  sincerely, 

FRANK  BOYD. 

Note — Mr.  Boyd  took  his  course  in  our. school  in  November  and  was  cured 
permanently  in  five  weeks'  time.  His  home  is  in  Melbourne,  Australia,  and 
after  spending  the  winter  in  several  of  the  large  cities  in  America,  he  returned 
home  but  arranged  to  come  up  to  our  school  while  passing  through  Chicago, 
and  visit  a  couple  of  days  and  give  some  positive  talks  to  our  present  class, 
all  of  whom  were  delighted  to  make  the  acquaintance  of  Mr.  Boyd. 


Speech  is  for  now,  silence  is  for  eternity. 


136 


Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


I  am  always  pleased  to  meet  pupils  at  the  depots  in  Milwaukee 
and  bring  them  to  the  school  in  my  automobile,  if  they  write  or  wire 
me  in  time. 


The  camera  of  a  newspaper  man  snapped  Mr.  Millard  at  the  Union  Depot 
while  meeting  students.  Mr.  Millard  is  seen,  in  the  above  halftone,  greeting 
Mr.  Kuang  Y.  Chang,  Kunghsien,  Honan  Province,  China,  who  journeyed  to 
Milwaukee  to  be  cured  of  stammering. 


FAILED  TO  GET  CURED  AT  DETROIT 

L.  W.  Millard,  West  Bend,  Wis.,  May  25th,  1920. 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — My  successful  career  started  immediately  after  leaving 
your  school.  I  had  about  lost  hope  before  coming  to  you,  because  three  years 
previously,  I  failed  to  get  any  good  at  the  L— -  School  of  Detroit,  owing  to  the 
crude  method  of  hand-swing  and  sing-song  used  there.  It  was  so  embarrassing 
that  I  did  not  continue  it  but  a  few  weeks  after  leaving  there. 

At  your  school  things  were  different.  My  fear  soon  left  me  and  confidence 
and  mental  ease  were  completely  restored  in  a  short  time.  When  I  arrived  in 
Milwaukee,  I  could  hardly  talk,  but  thanks  to  your  natural,  up-to-date  method 
of  treatment,  I  was  soon  over  my  stammering.  You  may  use  this  letter  in  any 
way  you  please,  because  I  am  always  glad  to  recommend  your  school.  Wishing 
you  the  best  of  success,  I  am,  Sincerely  yours, 

GLEN  D.  BACON. 


PART  XII 

HOW  TO  REACH  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL 
FOR  STAMMERERS 


CHAPTER  I 

FREE  RIDE  FROM  DEPOT 

IF  you  do  not  have  one  of  my  free  carriage  ride  tickets,  and  you 
have  not  previously  written  me  when  you  expect  to  arrive  in 
Milwaukee,  then  wire  me  when  you  are  about  a  hundred  miles 
from  Milwaukee,  (ten  words  for  about  25c)  mentioning  what  time 
of  day  you  will  reach  Milwaukee  and  over  what  railroad. 

TELEPHONE  ME  UPON  YOUR  ARRIVAL 
d  If  you  do  not  write  or  wire  me  previous  to  your  arrival  in 
Milwaukee  call  me  up  over  the  telephone,  either  at  my  residence, 
West  3766,  on  Sundays  or  after  office  hours,  or  during  office 
hours,  West  458,  and  I  will  come  to  the  depot  in  my  automobile 
and  bring  you  to  the  school  in  ten  minutes'  time. 
C  There  are  public  telephones  at  all  Milwaukee  depots.     The 
telephone  operators  at  the  depots  are  always  willing  to  telephone 
me  that  students  are  waiting  at  the  depot,  if  you  feel  fatigued  and 
unable  to  talk  over  the  telephone  after  your  journey. 
C  We  are  always  pleased  to  meet  pupils  at  trains  and  suggest 
that  they  write  or  wire  us  in  advance  of  their  coming. 

SIGN  OF  RECOGNITION 
C  The  usual  sign  of  recognition  is  to  pin  a  small  white  bow  of 
ribbon  or  slip  of  white  paper  on  your  dress  or  coat  lapel  just  be- 
fore reaching  Milwaukee,  then  I  will  know  you  immediately  as 
you  step  off  the  train,  or  see  you  in  the  depot. 

LOCATION  OF  THE  NORTH-WESTERN  SCHOOL 

The  map  on  the   opposite   page   shows   the   location   of  the 

North-Western  School  for  Stammerers,  with  reference  to  the 

Union  Depot,  Northwestern  Depot  and  Inter  urban  Stations. 

CL  The   North-Western   School   for   Stammerers   is   located   at 

2316  Grand  Avenue,  the  main  thoroughfare  of  Milwaukee,  and 

is  easily  found.     When  you  come  to  Milwaukee,  put  this  book  in 

your  pocket  or  handbag  and  refer  to  the  map  on  the  opposite 

page  when  you  reach  the  depot. 

137 


WE5UY  METHODIbT    CHURCH 


GRAMP  AVLCOHG  Ch<jM.h 


CflOUiH  HITHERAM  t«WMH 


MAaautTte  con-eoe.        l£J;""/,J! 


ctau   church 


STjAtltS  CHURCH 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  139 


CURED  OVER  TEN  YEARS  AGO 

Lee  Wells  Millard,  Armington,  Mont.,  Oct.  29th,  1919. 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — It  has  been  a  long  time  since  I  have  written  you  but 
I  have  been  kept  busy  managing  my  father's  affairs  the  last  few  years  and  have 
had  little  spare  time  for  anything.  You  will  remember  me  as  having  attended 
your  institution  during  the  winter  of  1910.  The  thought  of  stammering  has 
never  entered  my  mind  since  I  left  your  school  and  I  have  traveled  around  con- 
siderable. I  have  helped  organize  the  Society  of  Equity  in  Cascade  County, 
this  State,  and  have  often  spoken  before  an  audience  of  one  hundred  and  forty 
people  without  any  thought  of  fear  of  stammering. 

If  there  is  anyone  who  doubts  that  I  am  cured  they  would  change  their 
mind  were  I  to  talk  with  them  a  few  moments.  A  good  proof  as  to  how  well 
I  am  cured  is  the  fact  that  I  have  had  a  display  at  the  State  Fair  for  the  past 
several  years  and  people  have  a  tendency  to  ask  a  great  many  questions 
which  I  would  have  found  very  difficult  to  answer  if  I  still  stammered,  but  I 
give  them  their  answer  as  soon  as  a  question  is  asked. 

Trusting  the  school  is  getting  along  well  and  wishing  you  every  success 
and  assuring  you  that  I  will  always  be  pleased  to  recommend  your  institution 
to  all  stammerers  I  come  in  contact  with,  I  am,  always, 

Very  truly  yours, 

FRED  SIEGLING. 


MY  FORMER  IMPEDIMENT  IS  ENTIRELY  FORGOTTEN 

Ravenna,  Nebr.,  May  31st,  1919. 
Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — It  has  been  several  years  since  I  heard  from  the  dear 
old  school  which  I  will  never  forget,  but  I  wish  to  tell  you  how  sincerely  thank- 
ful I  am  that  I  attended  your  institution.  I  shall  never  forget  the  home-like 
and  kindly  treatment  which  I  received  while  there.  My  former  impediment 
is  entirely  forgotten  now.  Your  school  done  the  work  of  curing  me  com- 
pletely and  I  shall  never  forget  it. 

I  have  just  advised  a  man  in  Omaha,  Nebr.,  to  attend  your  school.  I  have 
interested  several  to  attend  your  school  since  I  left. 

Your  remember  I  attended  a  stammering  school  in  Detroit,  with  no  suc- 
cess, before  coming  to  you  and  would  never  have  been  cured,  I  am  sure,  if  I 
had  not  heard  of  your  good  school.  I  shall  be  glad  to  hear  from  you,  at  your 
convenience,  and  would  like  to  look  through  one  of  your  late  catalogs,  for  old 
time  sake.     With  kindest  regards,  I  am, 

Sincerely  yours, 

JOHN  H.  BEUTLER. 
Lock  Box  584. 


140  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

HIS  CURE  CHANGED  HIS  LIFE  ENTIREL  Y 

Baltimore,  Md.,  Feb.  11th,  1920. 
Mr.  Everett  C.  Nelson, 

Dear  Sir: — Your  letter  of  the  6th  inst.  received,  enquiring  about  the  North- 
western School  for  Stammerers  of  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  and  I  take  pleasure  in 
stating  that  I  attended  the  school  about  twelve  years  ago  with  wonderful 
success,  and  if  you  can  possibly  arrange  it,  would  certainly  advise  you  to  go 
there  and  take  a  course.  I  no  doubt  like  yourself,  hesitated  for  some  time 
about  going,  but  could  have  "kicked"  myself  as  a  fellow  says,  afterwards  for 
putting  the  matter  off,  as  after  being  cured  of  stammering,  I  was  able  to  earn 
more  money  and  get  much  more  enjoyment  out  of  life;  in  fact  I  became  a  dif- 
ferent person  entirely.  I  was  also  very  fortunate  in  going  to  the  right  school, 
as  I  saw  persons  cured  at  the  North- Western  School,  who  had  tried  other 
schools  without  success,  proving  thereby  that  the  North-Western  School  must 
be  superior  to  the  others. 

I  had  the  pleasure  of  visiting  Mr.  Millard  last  September  and  found  the 
school  occupying  large  new  quarters  with  a  full  attendance  of  students  and 
everybody  satisfied  with  their  course.  It  is  certainly  a  fine  institution  in  every 
respect  and  is  doing  a  great  work,  and  I  would  advise  any  stammerer,  who  is 
fortunate  enough  to  hear  of  the  North-Western  School  to  go  there  and  re- 
ceive that  which  surely  awaits  him  or  her,  namely,  "A  Perfect  Cure,"  if  they 
will  apply  themselves  to  the  rules  and  methods  as  prescribed  for  them.  Stam- 
mering is  a  great  handicap  and  inconvenience  in  anyone's  life,  as  I  can  speak 
from  real  experience  myself;  also  know  the  great  benefits  derived  from  a 
permanent  cure  and  sincerely  hope  you  will  be  able  to  attend  the  North- 
Western  School  and  be  relieved  of  your  stammering  and  the  mental  torment, 
which  goes  with  it.  I  think  I  have  answered  your  letter  fully,  but  will  be 
glad  to  give  you  any  further  information  desired. 

Wishing  you  every  success  if  you  can  arrange  to  take  the  course  and  again 
advising  you  to  do  so  by  all  means,  as  I  know  you  will  never  regret  it,  I  am, 

Yours  respectfully, 

WM.  E.  RUTTER, 

3011  W.  North  Ave. 

Note—Mr.  Nelson  attended  our  institution  this  spring  and  received  a 
splendid  cure. 


Strong  character  and  personal  force  never  go  out  of  fashion. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  141 


HAS  VISITED  ALL  STAMMERING  SCHOOLS  IN  AMERICA 
AND  ABROAD 

Atlanta,  Ind.,  Feb.  26th,  1920. 
Pres.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
The  North -Western  School  for  Stammerers, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

My  Dear  Mr.  Millard: — Passing  through  your  city  and  having  paid  you 
a  little  visit,  after  an  absence  of  several  years  when  I  attended  your  school, 
I  feel  that  I  want  to  congratulate  you  on  your  great  school. 

To  know,  as  I  do,  the  wonderful  spirit  that  prevails  in  a  real  equipped  in- 
stitution such  as  yours,  I  am  reminded  of  an  "attic"  where  one  school  in  Chi- 
cato  is  conducted,  and  of  the  "swing"  and  other  kindred  tricks  to  kill  the  morale 
in  the  soul,  and  I  am  therefore  glad  to  recommend  an  institution  such  as  yours 
that  really  does  things. 

To  get  down  to  "brass  tacks,"  I  have  visited  all  the  stammering  schools 
in  America  and  many  in  Europe.  I  have  investigated  not  only  the  schools, 
but  many  claimed  cures,  and  I  am  prepared  to  say  that  the  only  real  school 
with  a  scientific  method,  producing  real  permanent  results,  is  your  school. 

Why  others  seek  to  mislead  a  poor  stammerer  and  fleece  him,  I  can't  under- 
stand. Some  of  people  who  conduct  schools  in  Chicago,  Kansas  City  and 
elsewhere,  claim  they  are  ex-stammerers,  but  I  find  most  of  them  still  stammer 
and  only  talk  with  the  aid  of  easily  detected  tricks  and  subterfuges,  and  their 
efforts  to  avoid  stammering  is  often  decidedly  noticeable. 

Being  an  ex-service  man  in  the  A.  E.  F.,  and  past  40  years  of  age,  I  have 
had  opportunity  to  go  into  the  different  phases  of  methods  both  abroad  as 
well  as  in  America  and  I  tell  you  Mr.  Millard,  that  I  herewith  make  the  un- 
qualified statement  that  if  the  stammerer  is  after  a  cure  and  wants  to  attend  a 
real  school,  where  kind  treatment  and  an  efficient  method  is  found  and  a  square 
deal  given  to  all,  where  the  spirit  of  co-operation  obtains  genuine  results  and 
where  the  prison  walls  in  a  stammerer's  life  are  broken  down  and  where  he 
tastes  and  retains  the  freedom  of  utterance,  I  warn  him  or  her  to  make  no 
mistake  but  attend  your  institution. 

Many  others  make  misleading  statements  to  get  the  business,  but  I  advise 
all  stammerers  to  keep  from  being  a  victim  of  such  places,  where  the  mercenary 
feature  of  the  course  is  the  main  thought,  and  attend  the  North-Western 
School  at  Milwaukee,  where  they  will  obtain  a  real  and  genuine  cure.  I 
always  found  at  your  school,  a  deep  gratitude  in  the  hearts  of  your  students, 
but  in  a  large  class  of  a  hundred  or  more,  one  can  feel  the  very  spirit  of  posi- 
tive success,  permeating  the  atmosphere  when  a  school  is  conducted  like  yours. 
I  am  now  one  of  the  traveling  inspectors  for  the  American  Tin  Plate  Co.,  and 
of  course,  as  you  know,  never  experience  any  more  speech  difficulty  and  travel 
to  all  parts  of  the  United  States. 

Thanking  you  from  the  bottom  of  my  heart  for  the  good  you  have  done 
and  are  doing,  I  am, 

Sincerely  yours, 

EARL  COCHRAN. 


142  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

RECEIVED  A  PERFECT  CURE  IN  THREE  WEEKS 

Mr.  J.  Lloyd  Henderson, 

Box  927,  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Feb.  16th,  1920. 

Dear  Sir: — Your  letter  of  the  6th  inst.,  awaits  me  upon  my  return  to  the 
city  and  I  hasten  to  reply  thereto. 

With  reference  to  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers  would  say 
that  I  stammered  from  the  time  I  was  five  years  of  age  until  I  was  sixteen  years 
old.  I  attended  the  North- Western  School  but  three  weeks  and  received  a 
perfect  cure  from  this  curse  which  has  handicapped  so  many  lives. 

Mr.  Millard  teaches  the  Natural  Method  which  enables  one  to  leave  his 
institution  with  a  permanent  cure  and  without  the  necessity  of  any  arm- 
swing  or  time-beating  method. 

It  has  been  my  pleasure  to  meet  hundreds  of  students  in  this  institution 
since  I  attended  and  although  I  have  seen  several  very  severe  cases  of  stam- 
mering, I  have  never  seen  anyone  who  ever  attended  his  school  and  really 
wanted  to  be  cured  but  what  they  were  able  to  leave  this  institution  talking 
in  a  natural  manner  so  that  even  their  closest  friends  could  not  detect  any 
impediment  in  their  speech. 

I  consider  Mr.  Millard  as  one  of  my  greatest  benefactors  in  that  he  cured 
me  from  one  of  the  worst  handicaps  of  my  life  and  I  feel  absolutely  sure  that 
if  you  attend  his  school  that  you  will  receive  a  perfect  cure. 

If  there  are  any  further  questions  you  desire  to  ask  I  would  be  only  too 
glad  to  hear  from  you  again.  I  hope  to  have  the  pleasure  of  meeting  you  in 
person  should  you  decide  to  come  here  for  a  cure. 

Sincerely  yours, 

L.  E.  PACKARD. 

Note — Mr.  Henderson  attended  our  school  this  spring  and  received  a 
perfect  cure  in  a  very  short  time. 


STATE  SCHOOL  FOR  THE  DEAF 
J.  W.  Jones,  Superintendent 
Columbus,  Ohio 
Lee  Wells  Millard,  March  5th,  1920. 

2316  Grand  Ave.,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Sir:— Your  pupil,  Miss  Edna  Waggoner  of  Isleta,  Ohio,  stopped  off 
to  visit  her  sister  who  is  a  pupil  in  our  school.  Miss  Waggoner  was  on  her 
way  home  after  spending  one  month  in  your  school  in  an  endeavor  to  correct 
her  stammering.  I  was  surprised  how  well  she  speaks  and  that  there  was 
nothing  left  to  indicate  that  she  ever  stammered.  You  surely  did  that  young 
woman  a  wonderful  good.  She  speaks  in  the  highest  terms  of  you  and  your 
school  and  judging  from  what  she  has  accomplished  I  doubt  not  that  you  are 
doing  a  great  work  for  these  unfortunate  people. 

Sincerely  yours,     J.  W.  JONES. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  143 


A  VERDICT  FROM  A  JUDGE 

THE  COUNTY  COURT  OF  CALDWELL  COUNTY 
Wm.   Ure,  Jr.,  Presiding  Judge 

Kingston,  Mo.,  Jan.  30th,  1920. 
Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Sir:— My  boy  Willie,  who  attended  your  school  is  completely  cured 
and  talks  fine  as  he  has  never  caught  on  a  word  since  he  came  home. 

Through  my  recommendation  Messrs.  Morgan  and  Virtue  of  this  town 
will  take  a  course  at  your  institute  in  a  week  or  ten  days. 

You  may  refer  to  me  at  any  time  if  you  wish,  as  I  will  be  glad  to  assist  you. 

Respectfully  yours, 

WM.  URE,  JR. 

Note — Both  Mr.  Virtue  and  Mr.  Morgan  have  since  attended  our  school 
and  received  splendid  cures.  The  judge  is  now  recommending  our  school 
more  strongly  than  ever. 


LIFE  IS  NOW  WORTH  LIVING 

Gastonville,  Pa.,  March  16th,  1920. 
Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
2316  Grand  Ave., 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard:— Just  a  few  lines  to  express  my  appreciation  for  what  the 
North- Western  School  has  done  for  me.  My  entire  life  has  been  reversed  and 
life  is  worth  living  now,  since  I  attended  your  school.     My  only  regret  is  that 

I  did  not  hear  of  your  school  before  I  was  side-tracked  to  that  L school 

in  Detroit,  which  really  made  me  worse,  as  I  became  so  discouraged  and  lost 
all  faith  in  stammering  schools. 

Without  success  after  five  or  six  weeks,  I  left  Detroit,  a  discouraged  stam- 
merer, but  a  year  later  I  heard  of  the  North- Western  School  in  Milwaukee  and 
decided  I  would  take  another  chance.  At  that  time  I  stammered  so  badly, 
I  could  not  ask  for  my  own  ticket  to  Milwaukee,  neither  could  I  say  my  name, 
but  after  one  week  at  your  school,  I  could  talk  to  anyone  without  even  the 
thought  of  stammering  in  my  mind. 

Whenever  I  meet  a  stammerer,  I  tell  him  or  her  of  your  wonderful  school 
and  your  Natural  Method  and  that  there  is  no  use  of  stammering  when  it  can 
be  cured  so  quickly  at  the  North-Western  School  in  Milwaukee. 

Wishing  you  greater  success  than  ever,  I  am  meanwhile, 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

J.  E.  THOMPSON. 


144  Stammering — lis  Origin  and 

PERMANENTLY  CURED  HERE  OVER  10   YEARS  AGO 

Racine,  Wis.,  March  16th,  1920. 
Dear  Mr.  Millard: 

It  has  been  a  long  time  since  I  have  written  you  a  testimonial  and  I  thought 
I  would  surprise  you.  It  has  now  been  ten  years  since  I  first  met  you,  as  you 
remember  I  was  brought  to  your  school  by  my  oldest  brother  because  I  was 
unable  to  talk  well  enough  to  buy  a  ticket  to  Milwaukee. 

After  attending  the  L —  school  and  meeting  with  such  poor  results,  we 
were  pessimistic  about  trying  another  school,  but  after  being  at  your  in- 
stitution a  week,  I  found  for  the  first  time  in  my  life,  how  easy  it  is  to  talk. 
I  did  not  have  to  swing  my  arm  and  beat-time  for  every  syllable  and  press  the 
thumb  and  fore-finger  together,  such  as  I  had  to  do  and  was  told  to  keep  up 
for  months  after  leaving  the  L —  school,  but  at  your  school  everything  was 
natural  and  sensible.  I  began  to  feel  like  a  man  at  last.  How  we  all  worked 
and  helped  each  other  and  how  happy  we  were  because  your  method  was 
natural. 

You  can  imagaine  how  pleased  my  father,  brother  and  sisters  were  to  hear 
me  talk  naturally,  when  they  remembered  how  I  came  home  from  Waterloo, 
Iowa,  and  from  Detroit,  swinging  my  arm  for  months.  So  after  ten  years  I 
find  myself  getting  along  fine  and  doing  lots  of  talking  every  day  in  my  busi- 
ness and  thought  you  would  be  interested  in  hearing  from  me  again. 

My  brother  who  brought  me  to  your  school  visited  us  last  October,  from 
the  state  of  Washington.  He  had  not  seen  me  for  years.  In  one  of  our  con- 
versations he  said,  "Why  Guy,  how  fine  you  talk.  No  one  would  know  about 
your  old  trouble  to  hear  you  speak.  Aren't  you  glad  we  went  to  Milwaukee 
that  time?"  I  answered,  "You  bet  I  am  and  I  know  of  hundreds  of  others 
that  are  glad  they  went  there  too."  Then  he  laughed  about  the  time  I  came 
back  from  Detroit,  looking  so  depressed  and  serious,  as  though  my  very  life 
depended  upon  the  time-beat  or  arm-swing,  which  Mr.  Lewis  told  me  to 
keep  up  for  months. 

Please  feel  free  to  use  my  name  at  any  time  as  I  am  always  pleased  with  the 
opportunity  of  recommending  your  school  to  others  and  hope  I  may  be  able  to 
keep  some  poor  stammerer  from  going  to  one  of  those  hand-swing  and  time- 
beat  schools  and  make  the  same  mistake  I  did,  because  it  is  only  time  lost  and 
money  wasted  to  fool  with  those  kind  of  methods.  They  are  too  unnatural 
and  embarrassing. 

Wishing  you  continued  success  in  your  good  work  and  that  your  school  will 
continue  to  prosper,  I  remain, 

Yours  very  respectfully, 

GUY  PATTON, 

1334  Hayes  Ave. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  145 


Clock-Swing  Method  at  Lewis  School  Disgusts  Prominent 
Clergyman 

Phillips,  Wis.,  June  10th,  1920. 

To  Whom  It  May  Concern: — During  June,  1910,  I  brought  several  young 
men  from  the  south  to  Detroit,  Mich.,  with  the  object  of  placing  them  in  the 
Lewis  School  for  Stammerers.  After  consulting  with  Mr.  Lewis,  I  decided, 
on  the  strength  of  the  guarantee  made  by  him  to  effect  a  complete  cure  from 
the  affliction  of  stammering  to  place  the  young  men  under  Mr.  Lewis'  care. 
I  myself  remained  in  Detroit  and  kept  in  close  touch  with  the  institution,  call- 
ing there  frequently. 

After  one  month's  treatment  I  found  that  the  young  men  had  received  ab- 
solutely no  benefit  in  their  speech.  Their  system  for  the  cure  of  stammering 
employed  was,  as  termed  by  the  students,  a  clock-swing  system,  and  was  of 
little  or  no  benefit.  After  calling  Mr.  Lewis'  attention  to  the  fact,  I  was  told 
that  the  young  men  in  question  had  to  remain  for  a  period  of  many  months 
and  keep  up  the  clock-swing  (hand-swing,  time-beat)  method  for  months 
after  leaving  Detroit. 

Being  thoroughly  disgusted  with  the  treatment  given  by  Mr.  Lewis,  we 
left  Detroit  and  came  to  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers  at  Mil- 
waukee, Wis.,  which  is  under  the  capable  management  of  Mr.  Lee  Wells 
Millard.  We  found  no  hand-swing  method  at  the  North-Western  School, 
but  a  Natural  Scientific  one  entirely  different  from  the  Lewis  method.  Mr. 
Millard  immediately  took  a  deep  and  fatherly  interest  in  the  young  men  and 
after  six  weeks'  treatment,  the  young  men  left  the  institution  entirely  cured. 

I  cannot  recommend  Mr.  Millard's  treatment  for  the  cure  of  stammering 
any  too  highly  and  I  can  safely  say  that  anyone  afflicted  with  stammering 
would  find  him  capable  of  dealing  with  the  most  severe  types. 

In  all  sincerity, 
RT.  REV.  MSGR.  F.  C.  NEISENS. 


Rt.  Rev.  F.  C.  Neisens  Adds  Letter  of  Indorsement 

Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard,  Phillips,  Wis. 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

I  was  very  much  impressed  with  your  institution  which  I  had  the  pleasure 
to  visit  recently,  especially  the  splendid  location,  and  the  high  moral  atmosphere 
under  which  it  is  conducted. 

Your  work  is  a  God-send  to  humanity  and  judging  from  the  large  number 
of  pupils  under  your  care  and  the  fine  manner  in  which  they  are  talking,  your 
efforts  are  being  fully  rewarded  with  success.  I  heartily  recommend  your 
institution  to  any  afflicted  with  stammering  and  from  my  knowledge  of  in- 
stitutions of  this  kind  at  Detroit  and  elsewhere,  will  say  your  school  is  far 
superior  to  them  all. 

Yours  respectfully, 

MSGR.  F.  C.  NEISENS. 


146  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 

Was  a  Severe  Stammerer — Now  Permanently  Cured 

Manilla,  Iowa,  Dec.  18th,  1909. 
Mr.  L.  W.  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Your  letter  asking  how  I  am  getting  along  reached  me  this  evening  and  I 
wish  to  make  it  known  that  I  attended  your  institution  this  autumn  and  have 
been  greatly  benefited  and  I  have  a  perfect  cure,  I  am  sure.  I  believe  the 
North-Western  School  to  be  the  best  institution  for  the  cure  of  stammering  in 
the  world.  The  method  is  simple  and  easy  to  learn.  No  time  beating  and 
sing-songing  such  as  is  used  at  the  Lewis  school. 

I  also  wish  to  state  that  I  am  an  ex-pupil  and  wish  to  say  that  in  my  judg- 
ment, and  others  whom  I  have  spoken  with,  the  Lewis  and  the  North-Western 
School  methods  are  beyond  comparison — one  being  so  much  different  from  the 
other.  Mr.  Millard's  method  is  Natural  and  Mr.  Lewis'  is  Unnatural  and 
unscientific — or  just  a  substitute  for  stammering. 

I  am  talking  fine  and  have  lost  all  my  old  fear  of  stammering  and  shall  be 
glad  to  recommend  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers  to  any  pros- 
pective pupil,  as  I  feel  that  they  will  get  a  good  cure  if  they  attend  this  school. 
I  can  assure  them  they  will  be  treated  right  while  attending.     I  remain, 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

HUGH  S.  THOMPSON. 


Answer  to  an  Inquiry  from  a  Stammerer 

Milwaukee,  Wis.,  Nov.  16th,  1910. 

Dear  Sir: — Your  letter  received,  and  I  am  glad  to  answer  your  inquiry, 
as  I  am  also  an  ex-pupil  of  the  Lewis  school.  I  can  assure  you  that  I  am  satis- 
fied with  the  results  obtained  at  the  North-Western  School,  which  I  attended 
a  couple  of  years  ago,  and  I  certainly  advise  you  to  go  there  if  you  are  going 
to  take  a  course  in  speech-training.  I  am  quite  sure  that  Mr.  Lewis  would 
charge  you  a  second  tuition,  as  I  wrote  him  asking  to  go  back  to  his  school 
after  I  left  there  and  found  I  was  not  cured,  and  that  I  could  not  follow  his 
method  away  from  his  school,  and  he  wanted  a  second  tuition  from  me.  So  if 
you  have  to  pay  another  tuition  you  might  as  well  attend  a  school  where  you  will 
get  better  results  than  you  can  at  the  Lewis  school.  I  found  the  Lewis  method 
very  embarrasssing  after  I  got  away  from  the  school  and  was  soon  stammering 
as  bad  as  ever  again. 

The  method  used  at  the  North-Western  School  is  simple,  natural  and  very 
easy  to  follow,  and  it  is  not  at  all  embarrassing.  No  one  would  know  you  were 
attending  a  school  for  stammerers  where  instructions  and  method  are  so  nat- 
ural. I  therefore  advise  you  to  attend  the  North-Western  School,  as  you 
certainly  get  a  cure  there  if  anywhere,  and  many  ex-Lewis  pupils  are  there  at 
present  getting  cured.  If  you  follow  the  method  at  all,  you  can  be  talking 
fine  in  a  few  weeks.     Hoping  this  will  answer  your  inquiry  satisfactorily,  I  am, 

Yours  truly, 
BENNETT  LARSON, 
Care  American  Express  Co.,  366  Broadway. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  147 


Recommended  by  a  Prominent  School  Principal 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 
Dear  Sir:— In  reply  to  your  letter  asking  about  the  North- Western  School 
for  Stammerers,  I  can  highly  recommend  the  school  to  anyone  who  is  suffering 
from  an  impediment  of  speech.  I  have  had  an  opportunity  to  observe  the 
cures  they  are  making  and  know  of  several  who  have  been  cured  in  that  school 
after  having  failed  to  get  the  desired  results  in  several  other  well  known 
schools  for  stammerers.  In  fact,  several  former  pupils  of  the  Cream  City 
Business  College  have  been  cured  of  stammering  in  the  North-Westem  School 
and  I  cheerfully  recommend  it.  Yours  very  truly, 

W.  W.  WAY,  President,  Cream  City  Business  College. 


Forty  Years  of  Age — Cured  in  Four  Weeks 

Dear  Mr.  Millard:— In  looking  over  some  letters  and  papers,  I  just  came 
across  some  of  your  rules  for  perfect  speech.  They  remind  me  again  of  your 
school,  and  I  must  write. 

I  owe  you  my  best  and  many  thousand  thanks  for  the  cure  of  my  stam- 
mering and  for  my  perfect  speech.  I  am  getting  along  just  O.  K.  There  is 
nothing  of  so  much  importance  to  a  man  as  to  be  able  to  talk  well.  My  fear 
has  left  me  altogether  and  I  feel  like  a  new  man;  like  a  bird  m  the  air— free  to 
talk  to  anyone.  I  have  just  received  a  letter  from  Mr.  Thompson,  saying  he 
is  getting  along  fine  in  his  talking.  Well,  I  must  close  for  this  time,  and  wish- 
ing you  a  prosperous  new  year,  I  remain, 
B  Yours  faithfully, 

F.  W.  WIGGERS, 
Box  462,  South  Kaukauna,  Wis. 


Brothers  Cured  in  a  Few  Days 

Turtle  Lake,  No.  Dak.,  March,  1st,  1911. 

Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard,  President, 

The  North-Western  School,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard:— My  brother  Harry  and  I  attended  your  institution 
for  five  weeks  the  past  winter,  and  we  are  cured  and  feel  greatly  satisfied  with 
our  course  of  treatment.  We  were  both  bad  stammerers  at  the  time  we  en- 
tered you  institute,  but  after  following  your  advanced  natural  method  a  few 
days  we  could  talk  nicely.  We  then  remained  long  enough  to  confirm  a  good 
cure.  We  were  corresponding  with  the  G.  A.  Lewis  school,  but  hearing  that 
Lewis  did  not  cure  his  pupils  naturally  and  could  not  finish  a  cure  at  his  school, 
we  decided  to  try  your  school.  After  coming  to  your  institute  we  met  a  large 
number  of  Lewis'  failures  getting  cured  under  your  method,  and  we  were  then 
very  glad  we  chose  your  school  as  the  place  to  get  cured.  Your  method  is  just 
as  described  in  your  catalog.  I  will  say  that  anyone  troubled  with  stammering 
should  certainly  go  to  your  institution.  Wishing  you  much  future  success, 
I  remain,  Yours  very  truly, 

WALTER  PHILBRICK, 
Box  159,  Turtle  Lake,  No.  Dak. 


148  Stammering — Its  Origin  and 


From  Rev.  Father  Bernhard  Traudt 

Secretary  to  Most  Rev.  Sebastian  G.  Messmer,  Bishop  Catholic  Diocese 

of  Milwaukee 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 
It  affords  me  great  pleasure  to  recommend  the  North- Western  School  for 
Stammerers  to  any  person  afflicted  with  an  impediment  of  the  speech. 

I  believe  this  institution  is  well  worthy  of  indorsement  when  its  system  of 
instruction  has  been  the  means  of  uplifting  the  burden  of  stammering  from  its 
students  and  giving  them  natural  fluent  speech. 

The  successful  results  obtained  from  the  method  pursued  are  the  strongest 
evidence  of  its  advantage  to  those  in  need  of  its  services,  and  I  trust  this  school 
may  continue  in  its  noble  work  of  relieving  the  stammerer  of  his  difficulty  in 
speech.  Very  truly  yours, 

REV.  FATHER  BERNHARD  TRAUDT. 
2000  Grand  Avenue. 


Attended  Sixteen    Years  Ago 

Waterloo,  Iowa,  Nov.  11th,  1906. 
To  Whom  It  May  Concern: — This  is  to  certify  that  I  took  a  course  of 
instruction  at  the  North- Western  School  for  Stammerers  during  May  and  June 
of  1904,  and  after  two  years'  trial  of  my  cure  I  would  say  that  I  am  satisfied 
and  consider  my  time  and  money  well  spent.  I  had  previously  attended 
several  of  the  most  widely  advertised,  many  promise  and  "guarantee- 
to-cure"  schools  in  Detroit  and  other  cities,  only  to  leave  them  bitterly  dis- 
appointed and  with  my  confidence  in  all  badly  shaken.  Your  methods  used 
are  natural  and  scientific  and  far  in  advance  of  any  that  I  know  of,  and  you 
are  at  liberty  to  use  my  name  as  reference  at  any  time.  Wishing  you  continued 
success  in  your  chosen  work,  I  remain, 

Respectfully  yours, 

JOHN  A.  WILDER,  424  Saxon  Street. 


Cured  as  Well  as  Benefited  in  Health  and  Body 

Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard,  Buffalo  Lake,  Minn.,  July  15th,  1911. 

Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — I  have  been  wanting  to  write  you  for  such  a  long  time, 
but,  as  the  saying  goes,  "It's  better  late  than  never."  However,  I  beg  to  be 
pardoned  for  waiting  so  long. 

I  often  think  of  Milwaukee  and  the  school,  and  especially  the  pleasant  stay 
I  had  at  your  institution.  I  shall  never  forget  your  kindness  shown  me  and 
also  how  pleasant  Mrs.  Millard  made  it  for  us.  It  seems  I  can  imagine  myself 
back  at  the  school  now,  talking  pleasantly  to  you  and  the  pupils.  Hope  to 
visit  you  for  a  day  or  two  sometime  in  the  future,  if  I  can. 

I  am  getting  along  fine  and  dandy,  both  in  talking  and  otherwise.  I  was 
not  only  cured,  but  benefited  and  strengthened  in  body  as  well,  thanks  to  your 
school.     I  wish  you  continued  success  in  your  work.     I  am, 

Your  sincere  friend, 

LUKE  D.  BURGSTAHLER. 


The  Advanced  Natural  Method  of  Cure  149 


Failed  at  Detroit  School — Was  Cured  Here 

Cowley,  Alberta,  Canada,  Sept.  29th,  1912. 
Mr.  Lee  Wells  Millard, 
Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard: — I  was  very  glad  to  hear  from  you  again  and  to  learn 
the  school  is  prospering  and  that  you  intend  to  erect  a  large  school  building  in 
a  year  or  so.  Yes,  I  am  talking  fine  and  will  be  glad  to  recommend  that  anyone 
attend  your  school.  After  failing  at  the  Lewis  school  in  Detroit  and  then  get- 
ting such  a  fine  cure  at  your  institution,  it  is  only  to  be  expected  that  I  am 
highly  in  favor  of  your  system  of  natural  training  for  the  cure  of  stammering. 
You  make  your  students  feel  at  home  and  use  every  one  like  a  gentleman. 
This  was  just  contrary  to  the  treatment  I  had  received  at  the  Lewis  school  I 
attended  before  coming  to  you,  and,  of  course,  I  appreciated  it  all  the  more  at 
your  school.  I  engaged  in  many  political  arguments  with  my  brothers  and 
friends  after  coming  home  and  I  can  remember  my  mother  saying:  "Why, 
James,  you  surely  are  cured;  you  could  never  talk  that  way  when  you  came 
from  the  other  stammering  school."     Wishing  you  the  best  of  success,  I  am 

your  sincere  friend,  _„ 

y  JAMES  DWYER. 


Has  No  Trouble  in  Speech  at  All 

Armington,  Mont. 

Dear  Mr.  Millard:— I  received  your  welcome  letter  sometime  ago,  asking 
me  how  I  am  getting  along,  and  I  was  very  glad  to  hear  from  you.  I  am  sorry 
I  could  not  answer  sooner,  but  have  been  kept  quite  busy  since  coming  home. 

The  first  thing  I  want  to  speak  about  is  that  I  am  talking  just  as  fine  as 
ever,  and  having  no  trouble  in  my  speech  at  all.  Now  that  I  can  talk,  I  can 
have  a  good  time  anywhere,  no  matter  where  I  go.  I  got  a  letter  from  Mr. 
Burgstahler,  Buffalo  Lake,  Minn.,  and  he  says  he  is  talking  very  fine,  too. 
He  says  he  often  thinks  of  the  fine  time  he  had  at  your  school.  I  certainly 
had  a  fine  time  also  while  there.  It  seems  so  good  to  be  able  to  say  anything 
you  want  to  without  stammering.  I  went  to  Belt,  Mont.,  the  other  day  and 
talked  to  the  banker  who  wrote  to  you,  and  I  talked  with  the  mayor  and  to 
some  storekeepers,  and  they  were  all  surprised  to  find  me  talking  so  fine. 
My  father  is  very  much  pleased  with,  my  cure  and  is  now  very  glad  he  sent 
me  to  your  school.  With  best  wishes  to  you  and  the  school,  and  all  the  students 
there,  I  remain, 

Yours  best  friend, 

FRED  SIEGLING. 


Attainment  is  the  golden  chain  that  binds  us  to  our  duty. 


The  Millard  Instructor 

A  Key  To  Perfect  Speech 


CLOTH  BOUND,  STAMPED  IN  PURE  GOLD 

f[  The  contents  of  this  book  when  properly  applied  are  invalu- 
able. It  is  a  key  to  the  Advanced  Natural  Method,  and  con- 
tains an  alphabetical  analysis,  and  rules  to  follow  for  overcoming 
difficulty  on  the  different  letters  and  hard  combinations  and 
various  elements  of  articulation. 

€[  All  the  necessary  requisites  for  overcoming  stammering  are 
arranged  and  illustrated  in  a  clear  and  practical,  common 
sense  manner. 

€[  This  book  is  not  for  sale  either  by  the  author  and  publisher, 
or  by  anyone  into  whose  hands  it  may  come  as  licensee. 
€[  The  privilege  of  using  this  text  book  is  extended  by  the  author, 
only  to  those  students  enrolled  at  and  who  have  paid  their  tuition 
to  the  North-Western  School  for  Stammerers,  for  the  course  of 
speech  training,  under  our  Advanced  Natural  Method. 

150 


The  Natural  Speech  Magazine 


Published  monthly  in  the  interest 
of  those  afflicted  with  Stammering, 
Stuttering  and  other  speech  imped- 
iments. 

By 

LEE  WELLS  MILLARD 


Down  through  all  the  ages  of  time  since  man  developed  intelligible  utter- 
ance, stammering  has  been  prevalent.  Since  the  earliest  stages  of  historical 
record,  speech  impediments  have  handicapped  a  certain  percent  of  the  human 
race. 

Only  during  recent  years,  however,  has  any  degree  of  perfection  been 
reached  in  the  successful  treatment  of  speech  defects.  The  North- Western 
School  for  Stammerers  was  founded  by  me  nearly  twenty  years  ago  for  the 
cure  of  stammering  and  all  speech  imperfections  by  the  Advanced  Natural 
Method. 

This  institution  has  published  many  valuable  works  on  the  origin  of 
stammering,  its  tendencies  and  effects,  and  the  Advanced  Natural  Method 
of  cure. 

ITS  PURPOSE 

The  purpose  of  this  magazine  is  to  extend  the  influence  of  the  North- 
western School  for  Stammerers  to  the  furthermost  parts  of  civilization  and  to 
impart  to  all  speech  sufferers  the  knowledge  of  the  Advanced  Natural  Method 
of  Cure. 

Each  issue  will  contain  interesting  and  scientific  articles  covering  every 
phase  of  the  various  imperfections  of  speech. 

From  time  to  time  it  will  carry  announcements  of  the  North- Western 
School  for  Stammerers,  appertaining  to  the  tuition  rate  and  record  the  ad- 
vancement and  progress  of  the  institution. 

Hence  the  school  will,  in  a  larger  sense,  convey  and  impart  a  knowledge 
of  its  work  and  bring  to  the  home  of  every  stammerer  it  can  get  in  touch 
with,  a  message  of  good  cheer  and  articles  of  self-help,  that  will  be  instructive 
as  well  as  informative. 

SUBSCRIPTION  PRICE 

If  you  are  not  receiving  this  interesting  and  instructive  magazine,  write 
me  a  letter  signifying  your  interest  in  the  Advanced  Natural  Method  for  the 
cure  of  your  speech  impediment  and  I  will  put  your  name  on  our  list  to  re- 
ceive it  regularly  free  of  charge. 


151 


What  young  David  did  to  the  giant  Goliath  anyone  can  do  to  the  giant 
"Stammering,"  if  they  are  possessed  with  the  "weapons"  of  Relaxation,  Deep 
Breathing,  Continuity  of  Voice,  Visualization,  Light  Articulation  and  Will 
Power— the  ESSENTIAL  QUALITIES  necessary  to  overcome  stammering. 


BOSTON  UNIVERSITY 

RC424F20  BOSS 

Stammering: 

II 


1  1711  DDM5E  SA71 


RC 

F20 


Millard 

Stammering;  its  origin  and  the 
advanced  natural  method  of  cure